missing patch & config file

SVN-Revision: 20604

2 files changed, 9381 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/package/uboot-lantiq/Config.in b/package/uboot-lantiq/Config.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7544e711df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/package/uboot-lantiq/Config.in
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+config UBOOT_CONFIG
+   string "configuration file"
+   default "easy50712_DDR166M"
+   help
+     The configuration reflects the settings for a dedicated board hardware.
+     Select for Danube evaluation board easy50712_DDR166M .
+     Select for AR9 evaluation board easy50812_DDR166M .
+
+config UBOOT_DDR_CONFIG
+   string "DDR configuration file"
+   default "danube_ref_ddr166.conf"
+   depends on UBOOT_RAMBOOT
+   help
+     The DDR configuration file should reflect the DDR memory device configuration .
+     It will be used to create a RAM boot image
+     Select for Danube evalution board danube_ref_ddr166.conf .
+     Select for AR9 evalution board easy50812.conf .
+
+config UBOOT_RAMBOOT
+   bool "Enable RAM boot image"
+   help
+     Using the UART boot mode of the ROM code this image could be loaded to the RAM.
+     Executing the image in the RAM the functionality of the uboot image can be 
+     tested first without touching the original flash.
+     Note: Be carefull, by saving the environment the flash will be modified.
+     The OWRT flash layout differs from the layout provided by Lantiq / Infineon.
+
+config IFXMIPS_UBOOT_A800
+	bool "add ARV452 Switch bringup hack"
+	depends on PACKAGE_uboot-ifxmips
+	help
+	  Say Y, if you have a arv452 board (wav-281, A800, ..)
diff --git a/package/uboot-lantiq/patches/300-httpd.patch b/package/uboot-lantiq/patches/300-httpd.patch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f9a81e90c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/package/uboot-lantiq/patches/300-httpd.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,9349 @@
+--- a/common/cmd_net.c
++++ b/common/cmd_net.c
+@@ -43,6 +43,18 @@ U_BOOT_CMD(
+ 	"[loadAddress] [[hostIPaddr:]bootfilename]"
+ );
+ 
++#if defined(CONFIG_CMD_HTTPD)
++int do_httpd (cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char *argv[])
++{
++	return NetLoopHttpd();
++}
++
++U_BOOT_CMD(
++	httpd,	1,	1,	do_httpd,
++	"httpd\t- start webserver\n", "\n"
++);
++#endif
++
+ int do_tftpb (cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char *argv[])
+ {
+ 	return netboot_common (TFTP, cmdtp, argc, argv);
+--- a/include/net.h
++++ b/include/net.h
+@@ -383,7 +383,8 @@ extern int NetTimeOffset;			/* offset ti
+ 
+ /* Initialize the network adapter */
+ extern int	NetLoop(proto_t);
+-
++extern int	NetLoopHttpd(void);
++extern void NetSendHttpd(void);
+ /* Shutdown adapters and cleanup */
+ extern void	NetStop(void);
+ 
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/httpd.c
+@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
++/*
++ *	Copyright 1994, 1995, 2000 Neil Russell.
++ *	(See License)
++ *	Copyright 2000, 2001 DENX Software Engineering, Wolfgang Denk, wd@denx.de
++ */
++
++#include <common.h>
++#include <command.h>
++#include <net.h>
++#include "uip-0.9/uipopt.h"
++#include "uip-0.9/uip.h"
++#include "uip-0.9/uip_arp.h"
++
++
++#if defined(CONFIG_CMD_HTTPD)
++
++#define TIMEOUT		5
++
++static int arptimer = 0;
++
++void
++HttpdHandler (void)
++{
++	int i;
++	for(i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; i++) {
++		uip_periodic(i);
++		if(uip_len > 0) {
++			uip_arp_out();
++			NetSendHttpd();
++		}
++	}
++	if(++arptimer == 20) {
++		uip_arp_timer();
++		arptimer = 0;
++	}
++}
++
++static void
++HttpdTimeout (void)
++{
++	puts ("T ");
++	NetSetTimeout (TIMEOUT * 1000, HttpdTimeout);
++}
++
++void
++HttpdStart (void)
++{
++	uip_init();
++	httpd_init();
++}
++
++#endif
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/include/httpd.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
++#ifndef _UIP_HTTPD_H__
++#define _UIP_HTTPD_H__
++
++void HttpdStart (void);
++void HttpdHandler (void);
++
++/* board specific implementation */
++extern int do_http_upgrade(const unsigned char *data, const ulong size);
++
++#define HTTP_PROGRESS_START		0
++#define HTTP_PROGRESS_TIMEOUT		1
++#define HTTP_PROGRESS_UPLOAD_READY	2
++#define HTTP_PROGRESS_UGRADE_READY	3
++#define HTTP_PROGRESS_UGRADE_FAILED	4
++extern int do_http_progress(const int state);
++
++#endif
+--- a/net/Makefile
++++ b/net/Makefile
+@@ -26,6 +26,10 @@ include $(TOPDIR)/config.mk
+ # CFLAGS += -DDEBUG
+ 
+ LIB	= $(obj)libnet.a
++UIPDIR  = uip-0.9
++RSADIR  = uip-0.9
++$(shell mkdir -p $(obj)$(UIPDIR)) 
++$(shell mkdir -p $(obj)$(RSADIR)) 
+ 
+ COBJS-y += bootp.o
+ COBJS-$(CONFIG_CMD_DNS)  += dns.o
+@@ -36,6 +40,9 @@ COBJS-y += rarp.o
+ COBJS-$(CONFIG_CMD_SNTP) += sntp.o
+ COBJS-y += tftp.o
+ 
++COBJS-$(CONFIG_CMD_HTTPD) += httpd.o $(UIPDIR)/fs.o $(UIPDIR)/httpd.o $(UIPDIR)/uip_arp.o $(UIPDIR)/uip_arch.o $(UIPDIR)/uip.o
++COBJS-$(CONFIG_CMD_RSA) += $(RSADIR)/bigint.o $(RSADIR)/base64.o $(RSADIR)/rmd160.o $(RSADIR)/rsa.o
++
+ COBJS	:= $(COBJS-y)
+ SRCS	:= $(COBJS:.o=.c)
+ OBJS	:= $(addprefix $(obj),$(COBJS))
+--- a/net/net.c
++++ b/net/net.c
+@@ -95,6 +95,19 @@
+ #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_DNS)
+ #include "dns.h"
+ #endif
++#if defined(CONFIG_CMD_HTTPD)
++#include "httpd.h"
++#include "uip-0.9/uipopt.h"
++#include "uip-0.9/uip.h"
++#include "uip-0.9/uip_arp.h"
++static int https_running = 0;
++int httpd_upload_complete = 0;
++unsigned char *httpd_upload_data = 0;
++extern int upload_running;
++void NetReceiveHttpd(volatile uchar * inpkt, int len);
++void NetSendHttpd(void);
++extern int do_reset (cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char *argv[]); 
++#endif
+ 
+ #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_NET)
+ 
+@@ -1310,6 +1323,13 @@ NetReceive(volatile uchar * inpkt, int l
+ 
+ 	debug("packet received\n");
+ 
++#if defined(CONFIG_CMD_HTTPD)
++	if(https_running) {
++		NetReceiveHttpd(inpkt, len);
++		return;
++	}
++#endif
++
+ 	NetRxPacket = inpkt;
+ 	NetRxPacketLen = len;
+ 	et = (Ethernet_t *)inpkt;
+@@ -1952,3 +1972,161 @@ ushort getenv_VLAN(char *var)
+ {
+ 	return (string_to_VLAN(getenv(var)));
+ }
++
++#if defined(CONFIG_CMD_HTTPD)
++
++void
++NetSendHttpd(void)
++{
++	volatile uchar *tmpbuf = NetTxPacket;
++	int i;
++
++	for(i = 0; i < 40 + UIP_LLH_LEN; i++) {
++		tmpbuf[i] = uip_buf[i];
++	}
++
++	for(; i < uip_len; i++) {
++		tmpbuf[i] = uip_appdata[i - 40 - UIP_LLH_LEN];
++	}
++	eth_send(NetTxPacket, uip_len);
++}
++
++#define BUF ((struct uip_eth_hdr *)&uip_buf[0])
++
++void
++NetReceiveHttpd(volatile uchar * inpkt, int len)
++{
++	memcpy(uip_buf, inpkt, len);
++	uip_len = len;
++	if(BUF->type == htons(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP)) {
++		uip_arp_ipin();
++		uip_input();
++		if(uip_len > 0) {
++			uip_arp_out();
++			NetSendHttpd();
++		}
++	} else if(BUF->type == htons(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP)) {
++		uip_arp_arpin();
++		if(uip_len > 0) {
++			NetSendHttpd();
++		}
++	}
++}
++
++int
++NetLoopHttpd(void)
++{
++	unsigned long long tout = 0;
++	bd_t *bd = gd->bd;
++	unsigned short int ip[2];
++
++#ifdef CONFIG_NET_MULTI
++	NetRestarted = 0;
++	NetDevExists = 0;
++#endif
++
++	/* XXX problem with bss workaround */
++	NetArpWaitPacketMAC = NULL;
++	NetArpWaitTxPacket = NULL;
++	NetArpWaitPacketIP = 0;
++	NetArpWaitReplyIP = 0;
++	NetArpWaitTxPacket = NULL;
++	NetTxPacket = NULL;
++	NetTryCount = 1;
++
++	if (!NetTxPacket) {
++		int	i;
++		/*
++		 *	Setup packet buffers, aligned correctly.
++		 */
++		NetTxPacket = &PktBuf[0] + (PKTALIGN - 1);
++		NetTxPacket -= (ulong)NetTxPacket % PKTALIGN;
++		for (i = 0; i < PKTBUFSRX; i++) {
++			NetRxPackets[i] = NetTxPacket + (i+1)*PKTSIZE_ALIGN;
++		}
++	}
++
++	if (!NetArpWaitTxPacket) {
++		NetArpWaitTxPacket = &NetArpWaitPacketBuf[0] + (PKTALIGN - 1);
++		NetArpWaitTxPacket -= (ulong)NetArpWaitTxPacket % PKTALIGN;
++		NetArpWaitTxPacketSize = 0;
++	}
++
++	eth_halt();
++#ifdef CONFIG_NET_MULTI
++	eth_set_current();
++#endif
++	if (eth_init(bd) < 0) {
++		eth_halt();
++		return(-1);
++	}
++
++restart:
++#ifdef CONFIG_NET_MULTI
++	memcpy (NetOurEther, eth_get_dev()->enetaddr, 6);
++#else
++	eth_getenv_enetaddr("ethaddr", NetOurEther);
++#endif
++
++	NetCopyIP(&NetOurIP, &bd->bi_ip_addr);
++	NetOurGatewayIP = getenv_IPaddr ("gatewayip");
++	NetOurSubnetMask= getenv_IPaddr ("netmask");
++	NetOurVLAN = getenv_VLAN("vlan");
++	NetOurNativeVLAN = getenv_VLAN("nvlan");
++
++	printf("starting httpd server from server %ld.%ld.%ld.%ld\n",
++		(bd->bi_ip_addr & 0xff000000) >> 24,
++		(bd->bi_ip_addr & 0x00ff0000) >> 16,
++		(bd->bi_ip_addr & 0x0000ff00) >> 8,
++		(bd->bi_ip_addr & 0x000000ff));
++
++	HttpdStart();
++
++	ip[0] = ((bd->bi_ip_addr & 0xffff0000) >> 16);
++	ip[1] = (bd->bi_ip_addr & 0x0000ffff);
++	uip_sethostaddr(ip);
++
++	do_http_progress(HTTP_PROGRESS_START);
++
++	https_running = 1;
++	for (;;) {
++		unsigned long long t1;
++		WATCHDOG_RESET();
++		if(eth_rx() > 0) {
++			HttpdHandler();
++		} else {
++			t1 = get_ticks();
++			if(t1 - tout > 1000) {
++				do_http_progress(HTTP_PROGRESS_TIMEOUT);
++				tout = t1;
++			}
++		}
++		if(!httpd_upload_complete)
++			continue;
++		printf("Bytes transferred = %ld (%lx hex)\n",
++			NetBootFileXferSize,
++			NetBootFileXferSize);
++		eth_halt();
++		do_http_progress(HTTP_PROGRESS_UPLOAD_READY);
++		if(do_http_upgrade(&httpd_upload_data[0], NetBootFileXferSize) == 0) {
++			do_http_progress(HTTP_PROGRESS_UGRADE_READY);
++			udelay(1000 * 10);
++			do_reset (0,0,0,0);
++			return 0;
++		}
++		break;
++	}
++	https_running = 0;
++	NetBootFileXferSize = 0;
++	httpd_upload_complete = 0;
++	upload_running = 0;
++//	free(httpd_upload_data);
++
++	do_http_progress(HTTP_PROGRESS_UGRADE_FAILED);
++
++	goto restart;
++
++	return -1;
++}
++
++#endif
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/base64.c
+@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
++#include "base64.h"
++
++static const char cb64[]="ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";
++/* Note that '=' (padding) is 0 */
++static const unsigned char fb64[256] = {
++	255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
++	255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
++	255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255, 62,255,255,255, 63,
++	52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61,255,255,255,  0,255,255,
++	255,  0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
++	15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25,255,255,255,255,255,
++	255, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40,
++	41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51,255,255,255,255,255,
++	255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
++	255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
++	255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
++	255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
++	255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
++	255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
++	255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
++	255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,
++};
++
++static int encodeblock( unsigned char *in, char *out, int len )
++{
++	char s[3];
++	int i;
++
++	for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
++		s[i] = in[i];
++	for (i = len; i < 3; i++)
++		s[i] = 0;
++	out[0] = (unsigned char)(cb64[(s[0] & 0xfc) >> 2 ]);
++	out[1] = (unsigned char)(cb64[((s[0] & 0x03) << 4) | ((s[1] & 0xf0) >> 4) ]);
++	out[2] = (unsigned char)(cb64[((s[1] & 0x0f) << 2) | ((s[2] & 0xc0) >> 6) ]);
++	out[3] = (unsigned char)(cb64[s[2] & 0x3f ]);
++	switch (len) {
++		case 1:
++			out[3] = '=';
++		case 2:
++			out[2] = '=';
++			break;
++		default:
++			break;
++	}
++
++	return 4;
++}
++
++static int decodeblock(char *ins, unsigned char *out, int len)
++{
++	int i;
++	unsigned char in[4];
++	int skip = 0;
++
++	if (len != 4)
++		return -1;
++	for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
++		if (ins[i] == '=') {
++			in[i] = 0;
++			skip++;  
++		} else
++			in[i] = fb64[(int)(ins[i])];
++		if (in[i] == 255) {
++			return -1;
++		}
++	}
++	out[0] = (unsigned char ) (in[0] << 2 | in[1] >> 4);
++	if (skip == 2) {
++		return 1;
++	}
++	out[1] = (unsigned char )((in[1] & 0x0f) << 4 | in[2] >> 2);
++	if (skip == 1) {
++		return 2;
++	}
++	out[2] = (unsigned char ) (((in[2] << 6) & 0xc0) | in[3]);
++
++	return 3;
++}
++
++int B64_encode(char *source, char *destination, int size_source, int size_destination)
++{
++	int chunks, reminder, size, d, i, size_expected;
++	char *s;
++	unsigned char *t;
++
++	chunks = size_source / 3;
++	reminder = size_source % 3;
++	size = 0;
++	size_expected = (chunks * 4) + (reminder?(reminder + 1):0);
++	if (size_destination < ((chunks * 4) + (reminder?4:0))) {
++		return 1;
++	}
++	for (i = 0; i < chunks; i++) {
++		s = source + (i * 3); 
++		t = destination + (i * 4);
++		d = encodeblock(s, t, 3);
++		if (d == -1) {
++			return 1;
++		}
++		size += d;
++	}
++	if (reminder) {
++		d = encodeblock(source + (chunks * 3), destination + (chunks * 4), reminder);
++		if (d == -1) {
++			return 1;
++		}
++		size += d;
++	}
++	return size;
++}
++
++int B64_decode(char *source, char *destination, int size_source, int size_destination)
++{
++	int chunks, reminder, size, d, i;
++
++	chunks = size_source / 4;
++	reminder = size_source % 4;
++	size = 0;
++	if (reminder) {
++		return 1;
++	}
++	if (size_destination < ((chunks * 3))) {
++		printf("%d, %d\n",
++			size_destination, ((chunks * 3) + reminder));
++		return -1;
++	}
++	for (i = 0; i < chunks; i++) {
++		d = decodeblock(source + (i * 4), destination + (i * 3), 4);
++		if (d == -1) {
++			return -1;
++		}
++		size += d;
++	}
++	return size;
++}
++
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/base64.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
++#ifndef _BASE64_H_
++#define _BASE64_H_
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++extern "C" {
++#endif
++int B64_encode(char *source, char *destination, int size_source, int size_destination);
++int B64_decode(char *source, char *destination, int size_source, int size_destination);
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++}
++#endif
++#endif
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/bigint.c
+@@ -0,0 +1,906 @@
++/*
++ *  Copyright(C) 2006
++ *
++ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++ *  it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
++ *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
++ *  (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++ *  GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
++ *  along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
++ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup bigint_api Big Integer API
++ * @brief The bigint implementation as used by the axTLS project.
++ *
++ * The bigint library is for RSA encryption/decryption as well as signing.
++ * This code tries to minimise use of malloc/free by maintaining a small 
++ * cache. A bigint context may maintain state by being made "permanent". 
++ * It be be later released with a bi_depermanent() and bi_free() call.
++ *
++ * It supports the following reduction techniques:
++ * - Classical
++ * - Barrett
++ * - Montgomery
++ *
++ * It also implements the following:
++ * - Karatsuba multiplication
++ * - Squaring
++ * - Sliding window exponentiation
++ * - Chinese Remainder Theorem (implemented in rsa.c).
++ *
++ * All the algorithms used are pretty standard, and designed for different
++ * data bus sizes. Negative numbers are not dealt with at all, so a subtraction
++ * may need to be tested for negativity.
++ *
++ * This library steals some ideas from Jef Poskanzer
++ * <http://cs.marlboro.edu/term/cs-fall02/algorithms/crypto/RSA/bigint>
++ * and GMP <http://www.swox.com/gmp>. It gets most of its implementation
++ * detail from "The Handbook of Applied Cryptography"
++ * <http://www.cacr.math.uwaterloo.ca/hac/about/chap14.pdf>
++ * @{
++ */
++
++#include "bigint.h"
++#include <malloc.h>
++#include "div64.h"
++
++static bigint *bi_int_multiply(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bi, comp i);
++static bigint *bi_int_divide(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *biR, comp denom);
++static bigint *alloc(BI_CTX *ctx, int size);
++static bigint *trim(bigint *bi);
++static void more_comps(bigint *bi, int n);
++
++/**
++ * @brief Start a new bigint context.
++ * @return A bigint context.
++ */
++BI_CTX *bi_initialize(void)
++{
++    BI_CTX *ctx = (BI_CTX *)calloc(1, sizeof(BI_CTX));
++
++    ctx->active_list = NULL;
++    ctx->active_count = 0;
++    ctx->free_list = NULL;
++    ctx->free_count = 0;
++    ctx->mod_offset = 0;
++
++    /* the radix */
++    ctx->bi_radix = alloc(ctx, 2); 
++    ctx->bi_radix->comps[0] = 0;
++    ctx->bi_radix->comps[1] = 1;
++    bi_permanent(ctx->bi_radix);
++
++    return ctx;
++}
++
++/**
++ * @brief Close the bigint context and free any resources.
++ *
++ * Free up any used memory - a check is done if all objects were not 
++ * properly freed.
++ * @param ctx [in]   The bigint session context.
++ */
++void bi_terminate(BI_CTX *ctx)
++{
++    bigint *p, *pn;
++
++    bi_depermanent(ctx->bi_radix); 
++    bi_free(ctx, ctx->bi_radix);
++
++    if (ctx->active_count != 0)
++    {
++    	printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++		printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++		printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++		printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++		printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++		printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++		return;
++	}
++
++    for (p = ctx->free_list; p != NULL; p = pn)
++    {
++        pn = p->next;
++        free(p->comps);
++        free(p);
++    }
++
++    free(ctx);
++}
++
++/**
++ * @brief Increment the number of references to this object. 
++ * It does not do a full copy.
++ * @param bi [in]   The bigint to copy.
++ * @return A referent to the same bigint.
++ */
++bigint *bi_copy(bigint *bi)
++{
++    check(bi);
++    if (bi->refs != PERMANENT)
++        bi->refs++;
++    return bi;
++}
++
++/**
++ * @brief Simply make a bigint object "unfreeable" if bi_free() is called on it.
++ *
++ * For this object to be freed, bi_depermanent() must be called.
++ * @param bi [in]   The bigint to be made permanent.
++ */
++void bi_permanent(bigint *bi)
++{
++    check(bi);
++    if (bi->refs != 1)
++    {
++		printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++		printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++		printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++		return;
++	}
++
++    bi->refs = PERMANENT;
++}
++
++/**
++ * @brief Take a permanent object and make it elligible for freedom.
++ * @param bi [in]   The bigint to be made back to temporary.
++ */
++void bi_depermanent(bigint *bi)
++{
++    check(bi);
++    if (bi->refs != PERMANENT)
++    {
++        printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++		printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++		printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++		printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++		return;
++	}
++
++    bi->refs = 1;
++}
++
++/**
++ * @brief Free a bigint object so it can be used again. 
++ *
++ * The memory itself it not actually freed, just tagged as being available 
++ * @param ctx [in]   The bigint session context.
++ * @param bi [in]    The bigint to be freed.
++ */
++void bi_free(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bi)
++{
++    check(bi);
++    if (bi->refs == PERMANENT)
++    {
++        return;
++    }
++
++    if (--bi->refs > 0)
++    {
++        return;
++    }
++
++    bi->next = ctx->free_list;
++    ctx->free_list = bi;
++    ctx->free_count++;
++
++    if (--ctx->active_count < 0)
++    {
++        printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++		printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++		printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++		printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++		return;
++	}
++}
++
++/**
++ * @brief Convert an (unsigned) integer into a bigint.
++ * @param ctx [in]   The bigint session context.
++ * @param i [in]     The (unsigned) integer to be converted.
++ * 
++ */
++bigint *int_to_bi(BI_CTX *ctx, comp i)
++{
++    bigint *biR = alloc(ctx, 1);
++    biR->comps[0] = i;
++    return biR;
++}
++
++/**
++ * @brief Do a full copy of the bigint object.
++ * @param ctx [in]   The bigint session context.
++ * @param bi  [in]   The bigint object to be copied.
++ */
++bigint *bi_clone(BI_CTX *ctx, const bigint *bi)
++{
++    bigint *biR = alloc(ctx, bi->size);
++    check(bi);
++    memcpy(biR->comps, bi->comps, bi->size*COMP_BYTE_SIZE);
++    return biR;
++}
++
++/**
++ * @brief Perform an additon operation between two bigints.
++ * @param ctx [in]  The bigint session context.
++ * @param bia [in]  A bigint.
++ * @param bib [in]  Another bigint.
++ * @return The result of the addition.
++ */
++bigint *bi_add(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bia, bigint *bib)
++{
++    int n;
++    comp carry = 0;
++    comp *pa, *pb;
++
++    check(bia);
++    check(bib);
++
++    if (bia->size > bib->size)
++        n = bia->size;
++    else
++        n = bib->size;
++    more_comps(bia, n+1);
++    more_comps(bib, n);
++    pa = bia->comps;
++    pb = bib->comps;
++
++    do
++    {
++        comp  sl, rl, cy1;
++        sl = *pa + *pb++;
++        rl = sl + carry;
++        cy1 = sl < *pa;
++        carry = cy1 | (rl < sl);
++        *pa++ = rl;
++    } while (--n != 0);
++
++    *pa = carry;                  /* do overflow */
++    bi_free(ctx, bib);
++    return trim(bia);
++}
++
++/**
++ * @brief Perform a subtraction operation between two bigints.
++ * @param ctx [in]  The bigint session context.
++ * @param bia [in]  A bigint.
++ * @param bib [in]  Another bigint.
++ * @param is_negative [out] If defined, indicates that the result was negative.
++ * is_negative may be NULL.
++ * @return The result of the subtraction. The result is always positive.
++ */
++bigint *bi_subtract(BI_CTX *ctx, 
++        bigint *bia, bigint *bib, int *is_negative)
++{
++    int n = bia->size;
++    comp *pa, *pb, carry = 0;
++
++    check(bia);
++    check(bib);
++
++    more_comps(bib, n);
++    pa = bia->comps;
++    pb = bib->comps;
++
++    do 
++    {
++        comp sl, rl, cy1;
++        sl = *pa - *pb++;
++        rl = sl - carry;
++        cy1 = sl > *pa;
++        carry = cy1 | (rl > sl);
++        *pa++ = rl;
++    } while (--n != 0);
++
++    if (is_negative)    /* indicate a negative result */
++    {
++        *is_negative = carry;
++    }
++
++    bi_free(ctx, trim(bib));    /* put bib back to the way it was */
++    return trim(bia);
++}
++
++/**
++ * Perform a multiply between a bigint an an (unsigned) integer
++ */
++static bigint *bi_int_multiply(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bia, comp b)
++{
++    int j = 0, n = bia->size;
++    bigint *biR = alloc(ctx, n + 1);
++    comp carry = 0;
++    comp *r = biR->comps;
++    comp *a = bia->comps;
++
++    check(bia);
++
++    /* clear things to start with */
++    memset(r, 0, ((n+1)*COMP_BYTE_SIZE));
++
++    do
++    {
++        long_comp tmp = *r + (long_comp)a[j]*b + carry;
++        *r++ = (comp)tmp;              /* downsize */
++        carry = (comp)(tmp >> COMP_BIT_SIZE);
++    } while (++j < n);
++
++    *r = carry;
++    bi_free(ctx, bia);
++    return trim(biR);
++}
++
++/**
++ * @brief Does both division and modulo calculations. 
++ *
++ * Used extensively when doing classical reduction.
++ * @param ctx [in]  The bigint session context.
++ * @param u [in]    A bigint which is the numerator.
++ * @param v [in]    Either the denominator or the modulus depending on the mode.
++ * @param is_mod [n] Determines if this is a normal division (0) or a reduction
++ * (1).
++ * @return  The result of the division/reduction.
++ */
++bigint *bi_divide(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *u, bigint *v, int is_mod)
++{
++    int n = v->size, m = u->size-n;
++    int j = 0, orig_u_size = u->size;
++    uint8_t mod_offset = ctx->mod_offset;
++    comp d;
++    bigint *quotient, *tmp_u;
++    comp q_dash;
++
++    check(u);
++    check(v);
++
++    /* if doing reduction and we are < mod, then return mod */
++    if (is_mod && bi_compare(v, u) > 0)
++    {
++        bi_free(ctx, v);
++        return u;
++    }
++
++	quotient = alloc(ctx, m+1);
++    tmp_u = alloc(ctx, n+1);
++    v = trim(v);        /* make sure we have no leading 0's */
++	// d = (comp)((long_comp)COMP_RADIX/(V1+1));
++	long_comp x = COMP_RADIX; do_div(x, V1+1); d = x;
++
++    /* clear things to start with */
++    memset(quotient->comps, 0, ((quotient->size)*COMP_BYTE_SIZE));
++
++    /* normalise */
++    if (d > 1)
++    {
++		u = bi_int_multiply(ctx, u, d);
++
++		if (is_mod)
++        {
++			v = ctx->bi_normalised_mod[mod_offset];
++        }
++        else
++        {
++			v = bi_int_multiply(ctx, v, d);
++        }
++	}
++
++	if (orig_u_size == u->size)  /* new digit position u0 */
++    {
++		more_comps(u, orig_u_size + 1);
++    }
++
++	do
++    {
++        /* get a temporary short version of u */
++		memcpy(tmp_u->comps, &u->comps[u->size-n-1-j], (n+1)*COMP_BYTE_SIZE);
++
++        /* calculate q' */
++        if (U(0) == V1)
++        {
++			q_dash = COMP_RADIX-1;
++        }
++        else
++        {
++            //q_dash = (comp)(((long_comp)U(0)*COMP_RADIX + U(1))/V1);
++			long_comp x = U(0)*COMP_RADIX + U(1); do_div(x, V1); q_dash = x;
++
++        }
++
++		if (v->size > 1 && V2)
++        {
++            /* we are implementing the following
++            if (V2*q_dash > (((U(0)*COMP_RADIX + U(1) - 
++                    q_dash*V1)*COMP_RADIX) + U(2))) ... */
++			comp inner = (comp)((long_comp)COMP_RADIX*U(0) + U(1) - 
++                                        (long_comp)q_dash*V1);
++			if ((long_comp)V2*q_dash > (long_comp)inner*COMP_RADIX + U(2))
++            {
++				q_dash--;
++            }
++        }
++
++        /* multiply and subtract */
++        if (q_dash)
++        {
++            int is_negative;
++			tmp_u = bi_subtract(ctx, tmp_u, 
++                    bi_int_multiply(ctx, bi_copy(v), q_dash), &is_negative);
++			more_comps(tmp_u, n+1);
++
++			Q(j) = q_dash; 
++
++            /* add back */
++            if (is_negative)
++            {
++				Q(j)--;
++                tmp_u = bi_add(ctx, tmp_u, bi_copy(v));
++                /* lop off the carry */
++                tmp_u->size--;
++                v->size--;
++            }
++		}
++        else
++        {
++			Q(j) = 0; 
++        }
++
++        /* copy back to u */
++		memcpy(&u->comps[u->size-n-1-j], tmp_u->comps, (n+1)*COMP_BYTE_SIZE);
++    } while (++j <= m);
++
++    bi_free(ctx, tmp_u);
++    bi_free(ctx, v);
++
++    if (is_mod)     /* get the remainder */
++    {
++		bi_free(ctx, quotient);
++		return bi_int_divide(ctx, trim(u), d);
++    }
++    else            /* get the quotient */
++    {
++		bi_free(ctx, u);
++		return trim(quotient);
++    }
++}
++
++/**
++ * Perform an integer divide on a bigint.
++ */
++static bigint *bi_int_divide(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *biR, comp denom)
++{
++    int i = biR->size - 1;
++    long_comp r = 0;
++
++    check(biR);
++
++	do
++    {
++		r = (r<<COMP_BIT_SIZE) + biR->comps[i];
++		//biR->comps[i] = (comp)(r / denom);
++		long_comp x = r; do_div(x, denom); biR->comps[i] = x;
++/*		while(r > denom)
++		{
++			r -= denom;
++		}*/
++		r%=denom;
++	} while (--i != 0);
++
++    return trim(biR);
++}
++
++/**
++ * @brief Allow a binary sequence to be imported as a bigint.
++ * @param ctx [in]  The bigint session context.
++ * @param data [in] The data to be converted.
++ * @param size [in] The number of bytes of data.
++ * @return A bigint representing this data.
++ */
++bigint *bi_import(BI_CTX *ctx, const uint8_t *data, int size)
++{
++    bigint *biR = alloc(ctx, (size+COMP_BYTE_SIZE-1)/COMP_BYTE_SIZE);
++    int i, j = 0, offset = 0;
++
++    memset(biR->comps, 0, biR->size*COMP_BYTE_SIZE);
++
++    for (i = size-1; i >= 0; i--)
++    {
++        biR->comps[offset] += data[i] << (j*8);
++
++        if (++j == COMP_BYTE_SIZE)
++        {
++            j = 0;
++            offset ++;
++        }
++    }
++
++    return trim(biR);
++}
++
++/**
++ * @brief Take a bigint and convert it into a byte sequence. 
++ *
++ * This is useful after a decrypt operation.
++ * @param ctx [in]  The bigint session context.
++ * @param x [in]  The bigint to be converted.
++ * @param data [out] The converted data as a byte stream.
++ * @param size [in] The maximum size of the byte stream. Unused bytes will be
++ * zeroed.
++ */
++void bi_export(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *x, uint8_t *data, int size)
++{
++    int i, j, k = size-1;
++
++    check(x);
++    memset(data, 0, size);  /* ensure all leading 0's are cleared */
++
++    for (i = 0; i < x->size; i++)
++    {
++        for (j = 0; j < COMP_BYTE_SIZE; j++)
++        {
++            comp mask = 0xff << (j*8);
++            int num = (x->comps[i] & mask) >> (j*8);
++            data[k--] = num;
++
++            if (k < 0)
++            {
++                break;
++            }
++        }
++    }
++
++    bi_free(ctx, x);
++}
++
++/**
++ * @brief Pre-calculate some of the expensive steps in reduction. 
++ *
++ * This function should only be called once (normally when a session starts).
++ * When the session is over, bi_free_mod() should be called. bi_mod_power()
++ * relies on this function being called.
++ * @param ctx [in]  The bigint session context.
++ * @param bim [in]  The bigint modulus that will be used.
++ * @param mod_offset [in] There are three moduluii that can be stored - the
++ * standard modulus, and it's two primes p and q. This offset refers to which
++ * modulus we are referring to.
++ * @see bi_free_mod(), bi_mod_power().
++ */
++void bi_set_mod(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bim, int mod_offset)
++{
++    int k = bim->size;
++	comp d;
++//    comp d = (comp)((long_comp)COMP_RADIX/(bim->comps[k-1]+1));
++	long_comp x = COMP_RADIX; do_div(x, bim->comps[k-1]+1); d = x;
++
++    ctx->bi_mod[mod_offset] = bim;
++    bi_permanent(ctx->bi_mod[mod_offset]);
++    ctx->bi_normalised_mod[mod_offset] = bi_int_multiply(ctx, bim, d);
++    bi_permanent(ctx->bi_normalised_mod[mod_offset]);
++}
++
++/**
++ * @brief Used when cleaning various bigints at the end of a session.
++ * @param ctx [in]  The bigint session context.
++ * @param mod_offset [in] The offset to use.
++ * @see bi_set_mod().
++ */
++void bi_free_mod(BI_CTX *ctx, int mod_offset)
++{
++    bi_depermanent(ctx->bi_mod[mod_offset]);
++    bi_free(ctx, ctx->bi_mod[mod_offset]);
++    bi_depermanent(ctx->bi_normalised_mod[mod_offset]); 
++    bi_free(ctx, ctx->bi_normalised_mod[mod_offset]);
++}
++
++/** 
++ * Perform a standard multiplication between two bigints.
++ */
++static bigint *regular_multiply(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bia, bigint *bib)
++{
++    int i, j, i_plus_j, n = bia->size, t = bib->size;
++    bigint *biR = alloc(ctx, n + t);
++    comp *sr = biR->comps;
++    comp *sa = bia->comps;
++    comp *sb = bib->comps;
++
++    check(bia);
++    check(bib);
++
++    /* clear things to start with */
++    memset(biR->comps, 0, ((n+t)*COMP_BYTE_SIZE));
++    i = 0;
++
++    do 
++    {
++        comp carry = 0;
++        comp b = *sb++;
++        i_plus_j = i;
++        j = 0;
++
++        do
++        {
++            long_comp tmp = sr[i_plus_j] + (long_comp)sa[j]*b + carry;
++            sr[i_plus_j++] = (comp)tmp;              /* downsize */
++            carry = (comp)(tmp >> COMP_BIT_SIZE);
++        } while (++j < n);
++
++        sr[i_plus_j] = carry;
++    } while (++i < t);
++
++    bi_free(ctx, bia);
++    bi_free(ctx, bib);
++    return trim(biR);
++}
++
++/**
++ * @brief Perform a multiplication operation between two bigints.
++ * @param ctx [in]  The bigint session context.
++ * @param bia [in]  A bigint.
++ * @param bib [in]  Another bigint.
++ * @return The result of the multiplication.
++ */
++bigint *bi_multiply(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bia, bigint *bib)
++{
++    check(bia);
++    check(bib);
++
++    return regular_multiply(ctx, bia, bib);
++}
++
++
++/**
++ * @brief Compare two bigints.
++ * @param bia [in]  A bigint.
++ * @param bib [in]  Another bigint.
++ * @return -1 if smaller, 1 if larger and 0 if equal.
++ */
++int bi_compare(bigint *bia, bigint *bib)
++{
++    int r, i;
++
++    check(bia);
++    check(bib);
++
++    if (bia->size > bib->size)
++        r = 1;
++    else if (bia->size < bib->size)
++        r = -1;
++    else
++    {
++        comp *a = bia->comps; 
++        comp *b = bib->comps; 
++
++        /* Same number of components.  Compare starting from the high end
++         * and working down. */
++        r = 0;
++        i = bia->size - 1;
++
++        do 
++        {
++            if (a[i] > b[i])
++            { 
++                r = 1;
++                break; 
++            }
++            else if (a[i] < b[i])
++            { 
++                r = -1;
++                break; 
++            }
++        } while (--i >= 0);
++    }
++
++    return r;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Allocate and zero more components.  Does not consume bi. 
++ */
++static void more_comps(bigint *bi, int n)
++{
++    if (n > bi->max_comps)
++    {
++        if ((bi->max_comps * 2) > n) {
++	    bi->max_comps = bi->max_comps * 2;
++	} else {
++	    bi->max_comps = n;
++	}
++        bi->comps = (comp*)realloc(bi->comps, bi->max_comps * COMP_BYTE_SIZE);
++    }
++
++    if (n > bi->size)
++    {
++        memset(&bi->comps[bi->size], 0, (n-bi->size)*COMP_BYTE_SIZE);
++    }
++
++    bi->size = n;
++}
++
++/*
++ * Make a new empty bigint. It may just use an old one if one is available.
++ * Otherwise get one of the heap.
++ */
++static bigint *alloc(BI_CTX *ctx, int size)
++{
++    bigint *biR;
++
++    /* Can we recycle an old bigint? */
++    if (ctx->free_list != NULL)
++    {
++        biR = ctx->free_list;
++        ctx->free_list = biR->next;
++        ctx->free_count--;
++        if (biR->refs != 0)
++        {
++            printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++			printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++			printf("%s:%s[%d]\n", __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__);
++			return 0;
++		}
++
++        more_comps(biR, size);
++    }
++    else
++    {
++        /* No free bigints available - create a new one. */
++        biR = (bigint *)malloc(sizeof(bigint));
++        biR->comps = (comp*) malloc(size * COMP_BYTE_SIZE);
++        biR->max_comps = size;  /* give some space to spare */
++    }
++
++    biR->size = size;
++    biR->refs = 1;
++    biR->next = NULL;
++    ctx->active_count++;
++    return biR;
++}
++
++/*
++ * Work out the highest '1' bit in an exponent. Used when doing sliding-window
++ * exponentiation.
++ */
++static int find_max_exp_index(bigint *biexp)
++{
++    int i = COMP_BIT_SIZE-1;
++    comp shift = COMP_RADIX/2;
++    comp test = biexp->comps[biexp->size-1];    /* assume no leading zeroes */
++
++    check(biexp);
++
++    do
++    {
++        if (test & shift)
++        {
++            return i+(biexp->size-1)*COMP_BIT_SIZE;
++        }
++
++        shift >>= 1;
++    } while (--i != 0);
++
++    return -1;      /* error - must have been a leading 0 */
++}
++
++/*
++ * Is a particular bit is an exponent 1 or 0? Used when doing sliding-window
++ * exponentiation.
++ */
++static int exp_bit_is_one(bigint *biexp, int offset)
++{
++    comp test = biexp->comps[offset / COMP_BIT_SIZE];
++    int num_shifts = offset % COMP_BIT_SIZE;
++    comp shift = 1;
++    int i;
++
++    check(biexp);
++
++    for (i = 0; i < num_shifts; i++)
++    {
++        shift <<= 1;
++    }
++
++    return test & shift;
++}
++
++/*
++ * Delete any leading 0's (and allow for 0).
++ */
++static bigint *trim(bigint *bi)
++{
++    check(bi);
++
++    while (bi->comps[bi->size-1] == 0 && bi->size > 1)
++    {
++        bi->size--;
++    }
++
++    return bi;
++}
++
++/**
++ * @brief Perform a modular exponentiation.
++ *
++ * This function requires bi_set_mod() to have been called previously. This is 
++ * one of the optimisations used for performance.
++ * @param ctx [in]  The bigint session context.
++ * @param bi  [in]  The bigint on which to perform the mod power operation.
++ * @param biexp [in] The bigint exponent.
++ * @see bi_set_mod().
++ */
++bigint *bi_mod_power(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bi, bigint *biexp)
++{
++    int i = find_max_exp_index(biexp), j, window_size = 1;
++    bigint *biR = int_to_bi(ctx, 1);
++
++	check(bi);
++	check(biexp);
++
++    ctx->g = (bigint **)malloc(sizeof(bigint *));
++    ctx->g[0] = bi_clone(ctx, bi);
++    ctx->window = 1;
++	bi_permanent(ctx->g[0]);
++
++	/* if sliding-window is off, then only one bit will be done at a time and
++     * will reduce to standard left-to-right exponentiation */
++    do
++    {
++		if (exp_bit_is_one(biexp, i))
++        {
++            int l = i-window_size+1;
++            int part_exp = 0;
++
++			if (l < 0)  /* LSB of exponent will always be 1 */
++            {
++				l = 0;
++            }
++            else
++            {
++				while (exp_bit_is_one(biexp, l) == 0)
++                {
++					l++;    /* go back up */
++                }
++            }
++
++            /* build up the section of the exponent */
++            for (j = i; j >= l; j--)
++            {
++				biR = bi_residue(ctx, bi_square(ctx, biR));
++                if (exp_bit_is_one(biexp, j))
++                    part_exp++;
++
++                if (j != l)
++                    part_exp <<= 1;
++            }
++
++            part_exp = (part_exp-1)/2;  /* adjust for array */
++            biR = bi_residue(ctx, 
++                    bi_multiply(ctx, biR, ctx->g[part_exp]));
++			i = l-1;
++        }
++        else    /* square it */
++        {
++			biR = bi_residue(ctx, bi_square(ctx, biR));
++			i--;
++        }
++	} while (i >= 0);
++     
++    /* cleanup */
++	for (i = 0; i < ctx->window; i++)
++    {
++		bi_depermanent(ctx->g[i]);
++        bi_free(ctx, ctx->g[i]);
++    }
++
++    free(ctx->g);
++	bi_free(ctx, bi);
++	bi_free(ctx, biexp);
++	return biR;
++}
++
++/** @} */
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/bigint.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
++/*
++ *  Copyright(C) 2006
++ *
++ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++ *  it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
++ *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
++ *  (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++ *  GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
++ *  along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
++ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
++ *
++ * Trimmed down from axTLS
++ * 
++ * $Id: bigint.h 392 2007-06-25 16:24:51Z pablo.martin $
++ *
++ */
++
++#ifndef BIGINT_HEADER
++#define BIGINT_HEADER
++
++#define CONFIG_BIGINT_CLASSICAL 1
++
++#define SOCKET_READ(A,B,C)      read(A,B,C)
++#define SOCKET_WRITE(A,B,C)     write(A,B,C)
++#define SOCKET_CLOSE(A)         close(A)
++#define TTY_FLUSH()
++
++#include "bigint_impl.h"
++
++#ifndef CONFIG_BIGINT_CHECK_ON
++#define check(A)                /**< disappears in normal production mode */
++#endif
++BI_CTX *bi_initialize(void);
++void bi_terminate(BI_CTX *ctx);
++void bi_permanent(bigint *bi);
++void bi_depermanent(bigint *bi);
++void bi_free(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bi);
++bigint *bi_copy(bigint *bi);
++bigint *bi_clone(BI_CTX *ctx, const bigint *bi);
++void bi_export(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bi, uint8_t *data, int size);
++bigint *bi_import(BI_CTX *ctx, const uint8_t *data, int len);
++bigint *int_to_bi(BI_CTX *ctx, comp i);
++
++/* the functions that actually do something interesting */
++bigint *bi_add(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bia, bigint *bib);
++bigint *bi_subtract(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bia, 
++        bigint *bib, int *is_negative);
++bigint *bi_divide(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bia, bigint *bim, int is_mod);
++bigint *bi_multiply(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bia, bigint *bib);
++bigint *bi_mod_power(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bi, bigint *biexp);
++bigint *bi_mod_power2(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bi, bigint *bim, bigint *biexp);
++int bi_compare(bigint *bia, bigint *bib);
++void bi_set_mod(BI_CTX *ctx, bigint *bim, int mod_offset);
++void bi_free_mod(BI_CTX *ctx, int mod_offset);
++
++/**
++ * @def bi_mod
++ * Find the residue of B. bi_set_mod() must be called before hand.
++ */
++#define bi_mod(A, B)      bi_divide(A, B, ctx->bi_mod[ctx->mod_offset], 1)
++
++#define bi_residue(A, B)         bi_mod(A, B)
++
++#define bi_square(A, B)     bi_multiply(A, bi_copy(B), B)
++
++#endif
++
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/bigint_impl.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
++/*
++ *  Copyright(C) 2006
++ *
++ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++ *  it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
++ *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
++ *  (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++ *  GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
++ *  along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
++ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
++ */
++
++#ifndef BIGINT_IMPL_HEADER
++#define BIGINT_IMPL_HEADER
++
++#include <linux/types.h>
++#include <common.h>
++
++/* Maintain a number of precomputed variables when doing reduction */
++#define BIGINT_M_OFFSET     0    /**< Normal modulo offset. */
++#ifdef CONFIG_BIGINT_CRT
++#define BIGINT_P_OFFSET     1    /**< p modulo offset. */
++#define BIGINT_Q_OFFSET     2    /**< q module offset. */
++#define BIGINT_NUM_MODS     3    /**< The number of modulus constants used. */
++#else
++#define BIGINT_NUM_MODS     1    
++#endif
++
++/* Architecture specific functions for big ints */
++// #ifdef WIN32
++// #define COMP_RADIX          4294967296i64         
++// #define COMP_BIG_MSB        0x8000000000000000i64 
++// #else
++#define COMP_RADIX          4294967296ULL         /**< Max component + 1 */
++#define COMP_BIG_MSB        0x8000000000000000ULL /**< (Max dbl comp + 1)/ 2 */
++//#endif
++#define COMP_BIT_SIZE       32  /**< Number of bits in a component. */
++#define COMP_BYTE_SIZE      4   /**< Number of bytes in a component. */
++#define COMP_NUM_NIBBLES    8   /**< Used For diagnostics only. */
++
++typedef uint32_t comp;	        /**< A single precision component. */
++typedef uint64_t long_comp;     /**< A double precision component. */
++typedef int64_t slong_comp;     /**< A signed double precision component. */
++
++/**
++ * @struct  _bigint
++ * @brief A big integer basic object
++ */
++struct _bigint
++{
++    struct _bigint* next;       /**< The next bigint in the cache. */
++    short size;                 /**< The number of components in this bigint. */
++    short max_comps;            /**< The heapsize allocated for this bigint */
++    int refs;                   /**< An internal reference count. */
++    comp* comps;                /**< A ptr to the actual component data */
++};
++
++typedef struct _bigint bigint;  /**< An alias for _bigint */
++
++/**
++ * Maintains the state of the cache, and a number of variables used in 
++ * reduction.
++ */
++typedef struct /**< A big integer "session" context. */
++{
++    bigint *active_list;                    /**< Bigints currently used. */
++    bigint *free_list;                      /**< Bigints not used. */
++    bigint *bi_radix;                       /**< The radix used. */
++    bigint *bi_mod[BIGINT_NUM_MODS];        /**< modulus */
++
++#if defined(CONFIG_BIGINT_MONTGOMERY)
++    bigint *bi_RR_mod_m[BIGINT_NUM_MODS];   /**< R^2 mod m */
++    bigint *bi_R_mod_m[BIGINT_NUM_MODS];    /**< R mod m */
++    comp N0_dash[BIGINT_NUM_MODS];
++#elif defined(CONFIG_BIGINT_BARRETT)
++    bigint *bi_mu[BIGINT_NUM_MODS];         /**< Storage for mu */
++#endif
++    bigint *bi_normalised_mod[BIGINT_NUM_MODS]; /**< Normalised mod storage. */
++    bigint **g;                 /**< Used by sliding-window. */
++    int window;                 /**< The size of the sliding window */
++
++    int active_count;           /**< Number of active bigints. */
++    int free_count;             /**< Number of free bigints. */
++
++#ifdef CONFIG_BIGINT_MONTGOMERY
++    uint8_t use_classical;      /**< Use classical reduction. */
++#endif
++    uint8_t mod_offset;         /**< The mod offset we are using */
++} BI_CTX;
++
++#if 0
++#define max(a,b) ((a)>(b)?(a):(b))  /**< Find the maximum of 2 numbers. */
++#define min(a,b) ((a)<(b)?(a):(b))  /**< Find the minimum of 2 numbers. */
++#endif
++
++#define PERMANENT           0x7FFF55AA  /**< A magic number for permanents. */
++
++#define V1      v->comps[v->size-1]                 /**< v1 for division */
++#define V2      v->comps[v->size-2]                 /**< v2 for division */
++#define U(j)    tmp_u->comps[tmp_u->size-j-1]       /**< uj for division */
++#define Q(j)    quotient->comps[quotient->size-j-1] /**< qj for division */
++
++#endif
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/div64.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
++/*
++ * Copyright (C) 2000, 2004  Maciej W. Rozycki
++ * Copyright (C) 2003 Ralf Baechle
++ *
++ * This file is subject to the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public
++ * License.  See the file "COPYING" in the main directory of this archive
++ * for more details.
++ */
++#ifndef _ASM_DIV64_H
++#define _ASM_DIV64_H
++
++#if (_MIPS_SZLONG == 32)
++
++#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
++#define GCC_REG_ACCUM "$0"
++#else
++#define GCC_REG_ACCUM "accum"
++#endif
++
++
++//#include <asm/compiler.h>
++
++/*
++ * No traps on overflows for any of these...
++ */
++
++#define do_div64_32(res, high, low, base) ({ \
++	unsigned long __quot, __mod; \
++	unsigned long __cf, __tmp, __tmp2, __i; \
++	\
++	__asm__(".set	push\n\t" \
++		".set	noat\n\t" \
++		".set	noreorder\n\t" \
++		"move	%2, $0\n\t" \
++		"move	%3, $0\n\t" \
++		"b	1f\n\t" \
++		" li	%4, 0x21\n" \
++		"0:\n\t" \
++		"sll	$1, %0, 0x1\n\t" \
++		"srl	%3, %0, 0x1f\n\t" \
++		"or	%0, $1, %5\n\t" \
++		"sll	%1, %1, 0x1\n\t" \
++		"sll	%2, %2, 0x1\n" \
++		"1:\n\t" \
++		"bnez	%3, 2f\n\t" \
++		" sltu	%5, %0, %z6\n\t" \
++		"bnez	%5, 3f\n" \
++		"2:\n\t" \
++		" addiu	%4, %4, -1\n\t" \
++		"subu	%0, %0, %z6\n\t" \
++		"addiu	%2, %2, 1\n" \
++		"3:\n\t" \
++		"bnez	%4, 0b\n\t" \
++		" srl	%5, %1, 0x1f\n\t" \
++		".set	pop" \
++		: "=&r" (__mod), "=&r" (__tmp), "=&r" (__quot), "=&r" (__cf), \
++		  "=&r" (__i), "=&r" (__tmp2) \
++		: "Jr" (base), "0" (high), "1" (low)); \
++	\
++	(res) = __quot; \
++	__mod; })
++
++#define do_div(n, base) ({ \
++	unsigned long long __quot; \
++	unsigned long __mod; \
++	unsigned long long __div; \
++	unsigned long __upper, __low, __high, __base; \
++	\
++	__div = (n); \
++	__base = (base); \
++	\
++	__high = __div >> 32; \
++	__low = __div; \
++	__upper = __high; \
++	\
++	if (__high) \
++		__asm__("divu	$0, %z2, %z3" \
++			: "=h" (__upper), "=l" (__high) \
++			: "Jr" (__high), "Jr" (__base) \
++			: GCC_REG_ACCUM); \
++	\
++	__mod = do_div64_32(__low, __upper, __low, __base); \
++	\
++	__quot = __high; \
++	__quot = __quot << 32 | __low; \
++	(n) = __quot; \
++	__mod; })
++#endif /* (_MIPS_SZLONG == 32) */
++
++#if (_MIPS_SZLONG == 64)
++
++/*
++ * Hey, we're already 64-bit, no
++ * need to play games..
++ */
++#define do_div(n, base) ({ \
++	unsigned long __quot; \
++	unsigned int __mod; \
++	unsigned long __div; \
++	unsigned int __base; \
++	\
++	__div = (n); \
++	__base = (base); \
++	\
++	__mod = __div % __base; \
++	__quot = __div / __base; \
++	\
++	(n) = __quot; \
++	__mod; })
++
++#endif /* (_MIPS_SZLONG == 64) */
++
++#endif /* _ASM_DIV64_H */
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/dump_key.c
+@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
++#include <stdio.h>
++#include <stdlib.h>
++#include <sys/types.h>
++#include <sys/stat.h>
++#include <unistd.h>
++
++int main(int argc, char **argv)
++{
++	FILE *fp = fopen("public_fon_rsa_key_6.pem", "r");
++	struct stat s;
++	unsigned char *b;
++	int i;
++	if(!fp)
++		return 1;
++	stat("public_fon_rsa_key_6.pem", &s);
++	b = malloc(s.st_size);
++	fread(b, s.st_size, 1, fp);
++	fclose(fp);
++	printf("unsigned char public_key[] = {\n\t");
++	for(i = 0;i < s.st_size; i++)
++	{
++		printf("0x%02X,", b[i]);
++		if(i%16 == 15)
++			printf("\n\t");
++	}
++	printf("};\n");
++//	printf("\n%d %d\n", i, s.st_size);
++	return 0;
++}
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/foncheckrsa.c
+@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
++/*
++ * RSA + RIPEMD160 signature verification command
++ *
++ * Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
++ *
++ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
++ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
++ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++ * GNU General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
++ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA.
++ *
++ * Created: 20060728 Pablo Martín Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
++ *
++ * $Id: foncheckrsa.c 332 2007-05-02 09:45:54Z pablo.martin $
++ */
++#include <stdio.h>
++#include <stdlib.h>
++#include <sys/types.h>
++#include <sys/stat.h>
++#include <fcntl.h>
++#include <string.h>
++#include <errno.h>
++#include <unistd.h>
++#include "fonrsa.h"
++
++int main(int argc, char **argv)
++{
++	int fd, i;
++	FONRSA_ERROR fonrsa_error;
++	void *handle;
++
++	if (argc != 4) {
++		fprintf(stderr, " Usage: foncheckrsa [public_key.der] [signature] [file]\n");
++		fprintf(stderr, "  Pablo Martín Medrano <pablo@fon.com>\n");
++		fprintf(stderr, "  RIPEMD-160 software written by Antoon Bosselaers,\n");
++		fprintf(stderr, "  available at http://www.esat.kuleuven.be/~cosicart/ps/AB-9601/.\n");
++		fprintf(stderr, "  Uses the axTLS library bigint implementation (libfonrsa)\n");
++		fprintf(stderr, "  http://www.leroc.com.au/axTLS/\n");
++		return -1;
++	}
++	/* Check the existence of input files */
++	for (i = 1; i < 4; i++) {
++		if ((fd = open(argv[i], O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
++			fprintf(stderr, "Error: opening \"%s\": %s\n", argv[i],
++				strerror(errno));
++			fprintf(stderr, "Bailing out...");
++			exit(-2);
++		}
++		close(fd);
++	}
++	handle = FR_init(argv[1]);
++	if (handle == NULL) {
++		printf("Error loading keys in %s\n", argv[1]);
++		return 1;
++	}
++	fonrsa_error = FR_verify_file(handle, argv[3], argv[2]);
++	FR_end(handle);
++	switch (fonrsa_error) {
++		case FONRSA_OK:
++			printf("Verified OK\n");
++			return 0;
++		case FONRSA_VERIFICATION_FAILURE:
++			printf("Verification failure\n");
++			return 1;
++		default:
++			printf("Verification error\n");
++			return -1;
++	}
++	return -1;
++}
++
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/fonrsa.c
+@@ -0,0 +1,584 @@
++/*
++ * FONSM RSA handling library
++ *
++ * This file is part of FONUCS. Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
++ *
++ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
++ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
++ * (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
++ * along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
++ *
++ * Created: 20070306 Pablo Martin Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
++ *
++ * Based on axTLS
++ *
++ * $Id: fonrsa.c 405 2007-09-19 15:26:17Z jesus.pico $
++ */
++#include <sys/types.h>
++#include <stdlib.h>
++#include <stdio.h>
++#include <string.h>
++#include <sys/types.h>
++#include <sys/stat.h>
++#include <fcntl.h>
++#include <unistd.h>
++#include <errno.h>
++#include "rmd160.h"
++#include "bigint.h"
++#include "fonrsa.h"
++#include "base64.h"
++
++typedef struct {
++	uint8_t *buffer;
++	size_t size;
++} DER_key;
++
++typedef struct {
++	bigint *m;              /* modulus */
++	bigint *e;              /* public exponent */
++	int num_octets;
++	BI_CTX *bi_ctx;         /* big integer handle */
++} RSA_parameters;
++
++typedef struct {
++	DER_key *derkey;
++	RSA_parameters *rsaparms;
++} RSA;
++
++static uint8_t *CH_load_raw_file(char *filename, size_t *size);
++static DER_key *CH_load_der_key(char *filename);
++static void CH_free_der_key(DER_key *key);
++static int asn1_get_public_key(const uint8_t *buf, int len, RSA_parameters **rsa_parameters);
++void CH_pub_key_new(RSA_parameters **rsa_parameters, const uint8_t *modulus, int mod_len, const uint8_t *pub_exp, int pub_len);
++int CH_decrypt(RSA_parameters *rsa, uint8_t *buffer_in, uint8_t *buffer_out);
++byte *RMDbinary(char *fname);
++int CH_get_rmd160_hash_from_signature(byte *hash, char *signature_file, char *public_key_file);
++static unsigned char *load_file_in_buffer(char *path, int *size);
++static int save_file_from_buffer(char *path, unsigned char *buffer, int size);
++int ExtractPadding(uint8_t* OutputBuffer, uint8_t* InputBuffer, int LengthOfInputBuffer);
++
++#define RMDsize 160		/* A RIPEMD-160 hash has 160 bits */
++
++/*
++ * returns RMD(message in file fname) fname is read as binary data.
++ * non-reentrant
++ */
++byte *RMDbinary(char *fname)
++{
++	FILE *mf;		/* pointer to file <fname>      */
++	byte data[1024];	/* contains current mess. block */
++	dword nbytes;		/* length of this block         */
++	dword MDbuf[RMDsize / 32];	/* contains (A, B, C, D(, E))   */
++	static byte hashcode[RMDsize / 8];	/* for final hash-value         */
++	dword X[16];		/* current 16-word chunk        */
++	unsigned int i, j;	/* counters                     */
++	dword length[2];	/* length in bytes of message   */
++	dword offset;		/* # of unprocessed bytes at    */
++	/*          call of MDfinish    */
++
++	/* initialize */
++	if ((mf = fopen(fname, "rb")) == NULL) {
++		fprintf(stderr, "\nRMDbinary: cannot open file \"%s\".\n",
++			fname);
++		exit(1);
++	}
++	MDinit(MDbuf);
++	length[0] = 0;
++	length[1] = 0;
++	while ((nbytes = fread(data, 1, 1024, mf)) != 0) {
++		/* process all complete blocks */
++		for (i = 0; i < (nbytes >> 6); i++) {
++			for (j = 0; j < 16; j++)
++				X[j] = BYTES_TO_DWORD(data + 64 * i + 4 * j);
++			compress(MDbuf, X);
++		}
++		/* update length[] */
++		if (length[0] + nbytes < length[0])
++			length[1]++;	/* overflow to msb of length */
++		length[0] += nbytes;
++	}
++	/* finish: */
++	offset = length[0] & 0x3C0;	/* extract bytes 6 to 10 inclusive */
++	MDfinish(MDbuf, data + offset, length[0], length[1]);
++
++	for (i = 0; i < RMDsize / 8; i += 4) {
++		hashcode[i] = MDbuf[i >> 2];
++		hashcode[i + 1] = (MDbuf[i >> 2] >> 8);
++		hashcode[i + 2] = (MDbuf[i >> 2] >> 16);
++		hashcode[i + 3] = (MDbuf[i >> 2] >> 24);
++	}
++	fclose(mf);
++
++	return (byte *) hashcode;
++}
++byte *RMDbinary_buffer(char *buffer, int size_buffer)
++{
++	return NULL;
++}
++
++/*
++ * Extracts the RMD 160 hash from the signature file
++ */
++int CH_get_rmd160_hash_from_signature(byte *hash, char *signature_file, char *public_key_file)
++{
++	RSA_parameters *rsa_parameters;
++	DER_key *derkey;
++	uint8_t *signature;
++	size_t signature_size;
++	uint8_t *decrypted;
++
++	signature = CH_load_raw_file(signature_file, &signature_size);
++	if ((signature == NULL)||(signature_size != 512)) {
++		fprintf(stderr, "Error: Loading signature key '%s'\n", signature_file);
++		exit(-1);
++	}
++	derkey = CH_load_der_key(public_key_file);
++	if (derkey == NULL) {
++		fprintf(stderr, "Error: opening DER key file '%s'\n", public_key_file);
++		exit(-1);
++	}
++	if ((asn1_get_public_key(derkey->buffer, derkey->size, &rsa_parameters)) != 0) {
++		fprintf(stderr, "Error: Extracting public key from DER file\n");
++		exit(-1);
++	}
++	CH_free_der_key(derkey);
++	if (rsa_parameters->num_octets != 512)
++		fprintf(stderr, "Error: The RSA public key size is not 4096 bits %d\n", rsa_parameters->num_octets);
++	decrypted = (uint8_t *)malloc(rsa_parameters->num_octets);
++	if (CH_decrypt(rsa_parameters, signature, decrypted)) {
++		fprintf(stderr, "Error: Decrypting signature\n");
++		exit(-1);
++	}
++	memcpy(hash, decrypted + 492, 20);		
++	free(decrypted);
++	free(signature);
++	return 0;
++}
++
++/*
++ * Decrypts the signature buffer using the rsa public key loaded
++ */
++int CH_decrypt(RSA_parameters *rsa, uint8_t *buffer_in, uint8_t *buffer_out)
++{
++	bigint *dat_bi;
++	bigint *decrypted_bi;
++	int byte_size;
++
++	byte_size = rsa->num_octets; 
++	dat_bi = bi_import(rsa->bi_ctx, buffer_in, byte_size);
++	rsa->bi_ctx->mod_offset = BIGINT_M_OFFSET;
++	bi_copy(rsa->m);
++	decrypted_bi = bi_mod_power(rsa->bi_ctx, dat_bi, rsa->e);
++	bi_export(rsa->bi_ctx, decrypted_bi, buffer_out, byte_size);
++	return 0;
++}
++/*
++ * Loads a file in a uint8_t buffer
++ */
++static uint8_t *CH_load_raw_file(char *filename, size_t *size)
++{
++	struct stat st;
++	int fd;
++	ssize_t br;
++	uint8_t *ret;
++
++	if ((stat(filename, &st)) == -1)
++		return NULL;
++	if ((ret = (uint8_t *)malloc(st.st_size)) == NULL)
++		return NULL;
++	fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY);
++	if (fd == -1) {
++		free(ret);
++		return NULL;
++	}
++	br = read(fd, ret, st.st_size);
++	close(fd);
++	if (br != st.st_size) {
++		free(ret);
++		return NULL;
++	}
++	*size = st.st_size;
++	return ret;
++}
++/*
++ * Loads a .der file in a buffer
++ */
++static DER_key *CH_load_der_key(char *filename)
++{
++	DER_key *ret;
++
++	if ((ret = (DER_key *)malloc(sizeof(DER_key))) == NULL)
++		return NULL;
++	if ((ret->buffer = CH_load_raw_file(filename, &(ret->size))) == NULL) {
++		free(ret);
++		return NULL;
++	}
++	return ret;
++}
++/*
++ * CH_load_pem_key
++ */
++static DER_key *CH_load_pem_key(char *filename)
++{
++	DER_key *ret;
++	uint8_t *buffer;
++	char *b64,*p,*t;
++	char key[1024];
++	size_t filesize;
++	int size;
++
++	if ((ret = (DER_key *)malloc(sizeof(DER_key))) == NULL)
++		return NULL;
++	if ((buffer = CH_load_raw_file(filename, &filesize)) == NULL) {
++		free(ret);
++		return NULL;
++	}
++	p = (char *)buffer;
++	while ((*p != '\n') && (*p != '\0'))
++		p++;
++	if (*p == '\0') {
++		free(ret);
++		return NULL;
++	}
++	p++;
++	b64 = t = p;
++	while((p - b64) <= filesize) {
++		if ((*p == '-')) {
++			break;
++		} else if ((*p != '\n') && (*p != ' ') && (*p != '\t')) {
++			*t = *p;
++			t++;
++		}
++		p++;
++	}
++	*t = '\0';
++	size = B64_decode(b64, key, strlen(b64), 1024);
++	if (size < 0) {
++		free(buffer);
++		free(ret);
++		return NULL;
++	}
++	free(buffer);
++	ret->buffer = (char *)malloc(size);
++	ret->size = size;
++	memcpy((void *)ret->buffer, (void *)key, size);
++	return ret;
++}
++
++/*
++ * CH_free_der_key
++ */
++static void CH_free_der_key(DER_key *key)
++{
++	free(key->buffer);
++	free(key);
++}
++
++/*
++ * Get the public key specifics from an ASN.1 encoded file
++ * A function lacking in the exported axTLS API
++ *
++ * This is a really weird hack that only works with RSA public key
++ * files
++ */
++static int asn1_get_public_key(const uint8_t *buf, int len, RSA_parameters **rsa_parameters)
++{
++	uint8_t *modulus, *pub_exp;
++	int mod_len, pub_len;
++
++	pub_len = 3;
++	mod_len = len - 37;
++	if (buf[0] != 0x30) {
++		return -1;
++	}
++
++	pub_exp = (uint8_t *)malloc(3);
++	modulus = (uint8_t *)malloc(mod_len);
++	memcpy(modulus, buf + 32 , mod_len);
++	memcpy(pub_exp, buf + 34 + mod_len, 3); 
++	if (mod_len <= 0 || pub_len <= 0 )
++		return -1;
++	CH_pub_key_new(rsa_parameters, modulus, mod_len, pub_exp, pub_len);
++
++	free(modulus);
++	free(pub_exp);
++	return 0;
++}
++
++/*
++ * Similar to RSA_pub_key_new, rewritten to make this program depend only on bi module
++ */
++void CH_pub_key_new(RSA_parameters **rsa, const uint8_t *modulus, int mod_len, const uint8_t *pub_exp, int pub_len)
++{
++	RSA_parameters *rsa_parameters;
++
++	BI_CTX *bi_ctx = bi_initialize();
++	*rsa = (RSA_parameters *)calloc(1, sizeof(RSA_parameters));
++	rsa_parameters = *rsa;
++	rsa_parameters->bi_ctx = bi_ctx;
++	rsa_parameters->num_octets = (mod_len & 0xFFF0);
++	rsa_parameters->m = bi_import(bi_ctx, modulus, mod_len);
++	bi_set_mod(bi_ctx, rsa_parameters->m, BIGINT_M_OFFSET);
++	rsa_parameters->e = bi_import(bi_ctx, pub_exp, pub_len);
++	bi_permanent(rsa_parameters->e);
++}
++
++static unsigned char *load_file_in_buffer(char *path, int *size)
++{
++	unsigned char *buffer;
++	struct stat st;
++	int fd;
++
++	if (stat(path, &st))
++		return NULL;
++	buffer = (unsigned char *)malloc(st.st_size);
++	if (buffer == NULL)
++		return NULL;
++ 	if ((fd = open(path, O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
++		free(buffer);
++		return NULL;
++	}
++	if (read(fd, (void *)buffer,st.st_size) != (ssize_t)st.st_size) {
++		free(buffer);
++		close(fd);
++		return NULL;
++	}
++	*size = (int)st.st_size;
++	close(fd);
++	return buffer;
++}
++
++static int save_file_from_buffer(char *path, unsigned char *buffer, int size)
++{
++	int fd;
++
++	if ((fd = open(path, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT, 0644)) == -1)
++		return -1;
++	if (write(fd, buffer, (size_t)size) != ((ssize_t)size)) {
++		close(fd);
++		return -1;
++	}
++	close(fd);
++	return 0;
++}
++
++/* FR_init */
++void *FR_init(char *public_key_path)
++{
++	DER_key *derkey;
++	RSA_parameters *rsa_parameters;
++	char *ending;
++
++	ending = public_key_path + strlen(public_key_path) - 3;
++	if (!strcmp(ending, "der"))
++		derkey = CH_load_der_key(public_key_path);	
++	else if (!strcmp(ending, "pem"))
++		derkey = CH_load_pem_key(public_key_path);
++	else {
++		fprintf(stderr, "Error: unknown key format\n");
++		exit(-1);
++	}
++	if (derkey == NULL) {
++		fprintf(stderr, "Error: opening key file '%s'\n", public_key_path);
++		exit(-1);
++	}
++	if ((asn1_get_public_key(derkey->buffer, derkey->size, &rsa_parameters)) != 0) {
++		fprintf(stderr, "Error: Extracting public key from file\n");
++		exit(-1);
++	}
++	CH_free_der_key(derkey);
++	return (void *)rsa_parameters;
++}
++
++/* FR_end */
++FONRSA_ERROR FR_end(void *handle)
++{
++	RSA_parameters *rsa_parameters = (RSA_parameters *)handle;
++
++	free(rsa_parameters);
++	return FONRSA_OK;
++}
++
++/* FR_decrypt_buffer */
++FONRSA_ERROR FR_decrypt_buffer(void *handler, unsigned char *cryptext, int cryptext_size,
++	unsigned char *plaintext, int plaintext_buffer_size, int *plaintext_size)
++{
++	RSA_parameters *rsaparms = (RSA_parameters *)handler;
++
++	if (cryptext_size != rsaparms->num_octets) {
++		return FONRSA_SIZE;
++	}
++	if (plaintext_buffer_size < cryptext_size) {
++		return FONRSA_SIZE;
++	}
++	if (CH_decrypt(rsaparms, (uint8_t *)cryptext, (uint8_t *)plaintext)) {
++		return FONRSA_DECRYPT;
++	}
++	*plaintext_size = cryptext_size;
++	return FONRSA_OK;
++}
++
++FONRSA_ERROR FR_decrypt_buffer_v2(void *handler, unsigned char *cryptext, int cryptext_size,
++	unsigned char *plaintext, int plaintext_buffer_size, int *plaintext_size)
++{
++	unsigned char* AuxBuffer;
++	int AuxSize;
++
++	AuxBuffer = (unsigned char*)malloc(cryptext_size);
++
++	RSA_parameters *rsaparms = (RSA_parameters *)handler;
++
++        if (cryptext_size != rsaparms->num_octets) {
++                return FONRSA_SIZE;
++        }
++        if (plaintext_buffer_size < cryptext_size) {
++                return FONRSA_SIZE;
++        }
++        if (CH_decrypt(rsaparms, (uint8_t *)cryptext, (uint8_t *)AuxBuffer)) {
++                return FONRSA_DECRYPT;
++        }
++	if ((AuxSize = ExtractPadding((uint8_t*)plaintext, (uint8_t*)AuxBuffer, cryptext_size)) < 0)
++	{
++		printf("Incorrect Padding decrypting buffer");
++		return FONRSA_DECRYPT;
++	}
++        *plaintext_size = AuxSize;
++        return FONRSA_OK;
++}
++
++/*
++ *
++ * Implementation of  PKCS 1.5 padding, borrowed from
++ * Tom's code (public domain)
++ */
++
++/* Standalone FR_verify_file */
++FONRSA_ERROR FR_verify_file(void *handler, char *file_path, char *signature_file_path)
++{
++	int j;
++	byte *hashcode;
++	byte hash[20];
++	uint8_t *decrypted;
++	RSA_parameters *rsa_parameters = (RSA_parameters *)handler;
++	char *signature_buffer;
++	int signature_size;
++
++	/* Calculates the RIPEMD-160 hash of the file */
++	hashcode = RMDbinary (file_path);
++	/* Decrypts the signature file using the RSA public key */
++	signature_buffer = load_file_in_buffer(signature_file_path, &signature_size);
++	if (signature_buffer == NULL)
++		return FONRSA_OPENKEY;
++
++	if (rsa_parameters->num_octets != signature_size)
++		return FONRSA_SIZE;
++	decrypted = (uint8_t *)malloc(rsa_parameters->num_octets);
++	if (CH_decrypt(rsa_parameters, signature_buffer, decrypted)) {
++		fprintf(stderr, "Error: Decrypting signature\n");
++		exit(-1);
++	}
++	memcpy(hash, decrypted + 492, 20);
++	free(decrypted);
++	free(signature_buffer);
++	for (j = 0; j < RMDsize/8; j++) {
++		if (hash[j] != hashcode[j])
++			return FONRSA_VERIFICATION_FAILURE;
++	}
++	return FONRSA_OK;
++}
++
++/* FR_decrypt_file */
++FONRSA_ERROR FR_decrypt_file(void *handle, char *crypted_file_path, char *plaintext_file_path)
++{
++	int size;
++	FONRSA_ERROR ret;
++	char *filebuffer;
++	char crypted[1024];
++	int crypted_size;
++
++	if ((filebuffer = load_file_in_buffer(crypted_file_path, &size)) == NULL) {
++		return FONRSA_LOADFILE;
++	}
++
++	ret = FR_decrypt_buffer(handle, filebuffer, size, crypted, 1024, &crypted_size);
++	if (ret != FONRSA_OK) {
++		free(filebuffer);
++		return ret;
++	}
++	free(filebuffer);
++
++	if (save_file_from_buffer(plaintext_file_path, crypted, crypted_size)) {
++		printf("Error writing %lu bytes into %s", crypted_size, plaintext_file_path);
++		return FONRSA_SAVEFILE;
++	}
++	return FONRSA_OK;
++}
++
++int ExtractPadding(uint8_t* OutputBuffer, uint8_t* InputBuffer, int LengthOfInputBuffer)
++{
++	int i;
++
++	//First typical checks...
++	if (LengthOfInputBuffer < MINIMUM_PADING_BYTES_PKCS_1_5)
++	{
++		fprintf(stderr, "Error:ExtractPadding: Error, Length of input buffer is too short.\n");
++		return -1;
++	}
++	else if((InputBuffer[0] != 0) || (InputBuffer[1] > 2)) //Necessary header of Padding...
++	{
++		fprintf(stderr, "Error:ExtractPadding: Error, Padding header is incorrect.\n");
++		return -1;
++	}
++	for (i=2; i < LengthOfInputBuffer; i++) //Variable size of non-zero padding....
++	{
++		if (InputBuffer[i] == 0) break; //This is the end of Padding.
++	}
++	//We need to evaluate if there is an existing message...
++	if (i < LengthOfInputBuffer - 2)
++	{//Ok, Padding is extracted... copying the message and finishing...
++		memcpy(OutputBuffer, &(InputBuffer[i + 1]), LengthOfInputBuffer - (i + 1));
++		return LengthOfInputBuffer - (i + 1);
++	}
++	//If we have reached to this point, then an error has occurred...
++	return -1;	
++}
++
++#ifdef __MAINTEST__
++int main(int argc, char **argv)
++{
++	void *handle = NULL;
++	FONRSA_ERROR ret;
++	char *filebuffer = NULL;
++	char crypted[1024];
++	int size, crypted_size;
++
++	if (argc != 4) {
++		printf("Usage: %s <key_file> <crypted_file> <output_file>\n", argv[0]);
++		return 1;
++	}
++
++	handle = FR_init(argv[1]);
++	if (handle == NULL) {
++		printf("Error loading keys\n");
++		return 1;
++	}
++	ret = FR_decrypt_file(handle, argv[2], argv[3]);
++	if (ret != FONRSA_OK) {
++		printf("FR_decrypt_file returns %d\n", ret);
++	}
++	FR_end(handle);
++	return (int)ret;
++}
++
++#endif
++
++
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/fonrsa.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
++/*
++ * FONSM RSA handling library, used by fonsmcd and foncheckrsa
++ *
++ * This file is part of FONUCS. Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
++ *
++ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
++ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
++ * (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
++ * along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
++ *
++ * Created: 20070306 Pablo Martin Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
++ *
++ * $Id: fonrsa.h 404 2007-09-17 10:41:31Z jesus.pico $
++ */
++#ifndef _FONRSA_H
++#define _FONRSA_H
++
++#define MINIMUM_PADING_BYTES_PKCS_1_5 3
++
++typedef enum {
++	FONRSA_OK = 0,
++	FONRSA_VERIFICATION_FAILURE = 1,
++	FONRSA_OPENKEY = 2,
++	FONRSA_SIZE = 3,
++	FONRSA_LOADFILE = 4,
++	FONRSA_CRYPT = 5,
++	FONRSA_DECRYPT = 6,
++	FONRSA_SAVEFILE = 7,
++	FONRSA_NOSYS = 8,
++	FONRSA_VERIFY = 9
++} FONRSA_ERROR;
++
++void *FR_init(char *public_key_path);
++FONRSA_ERROR FR_end(void *handle);
++FONRSA_ERROR FR_decrypt_buffer(void *handler, unsigned char *cryptext, int cryptext_size,
++	unsigned char *plaintext, int plaintext_buffer_size, int *plaintext_size);
++FONRSA_ERROR FR_decrypt_buffer_v2(void *handler, unsigned char *cryptext, int cryptext_size,
++	unsigned char *plaintext, int plaintext_buffer_size, int *plaintext_size);
++FONRSA_ERROR FR_verify_file(void *handler, char *file_path, char *signature_file_path);
++FONRSA_ERROR FR_decrypt_file(void *handler, char *crypted_file_path, char *plaintext_file_path);
++
++#endif
++
++
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/log.c
+@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
++/*
++ * Fonsm log module. Used inside the fonsm backend module and on the client.
++ *
++ * This file is part of FONUCS. Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
++ *
++ * Created: 20070202 Pablo Martin Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
++ *
++ * $Id: log.c 392 2007-06-25 16:24:51Z pablo.martin $
++ */
++#include <stdio.h>
++#include <string.h>
++#include <stdlib.h>
++#include <stdarg.h>
++#include <unistd.h>
++#ifndef WIN32
++#include <syslog.h>
++#endif
++#include "log.h"
++
++#define MAX_SESSION_PREFIX 256
++
++typedef struct {
++	char domain[256];
++	LG_LEVEL watermark;
++	int mode;
++	LG_log_function_pointer function;
++} ST_fslog;
++
++static ST_fslog fslog;
++static void LG_log_string(LG_LEVEL level, const char *message);
++
++/*! 
++ \brief Starts the log subsystem, redirecting glog() to stderr/syslog depending
++ on mode
++ \retval FSLOG_ERROR : FSLOG_OK if everything goes well
++ \param lg : handle that will be returned
++ \param ident : program identifier, any string 
++ \param low_watermark : if the log level is less than this value, it will not be logged
++ \param mode : FSLOG_MODE_SYSLOG (log to syslog) or FSLOG_MODE_STDERR (log to stderr)
++*/
++FSLOG_ERROR LG_start(const char *domain, LG_LEVEL watermark, int mode,
++	LG_log_function_pointer log_function, int facility)
++{
++#ifndef WIN32
++	strncpy(fslog.domain, domain, MAX_LG_DOMAIN);
++	fslog.domain[MAX_LG_DOMAIN - 1] = '\0';
++	fslog.watermark = watermark;
++	fslog.mode = mode;
++	fslog.function = log_function?log_function:LG_log_string;
++	if (fslog.mode & LG_SYSLOG)
++		openlog(domain, LOG_NDELAY, facility);
++	return FSLOG_OK;
++#else
++	return FSLOG_OK;
++#endif
++}
++
++/*! 
++ \brief Set the low watermark
++ \retval FSLOG_ERROR : FSLOG_OK
++ \param lg : log handle
++ \param low_watermark : new watermark 
++*/
++FSLOG_ERROR LG_set_loglevel(LG_LEVEL watermark)
++{
++	fslog.watermark = watermark;
++	return FSLOG_OK;
++}
++
++/*! 
++ \brief  Ends the log subsystem, unregisteing glog handle
++ \retval FSLOG_ERROR : FSLOG_OK if everything goes well
++ \param handle : log handle to free
++*/
++FSLOG_ERROR LG_end(void)
++{
++#ifndef WIN32
++	if (fslog.mode & LG_SYSLOG)
++		closelog();
++#endif
++	return FSLOG_OK;
++}
++
++
++void LG_log(LG_LEVEL loglevel, const char *message, ...)
++{
++#ifndef WIN32
++	va_list ap;
++	char buffer[4096];
++	int n;
++
++	va_start(ap, message);
++	n = vsnprintf(buffer, MAX_LOG_STRING, message, ap);
++	va_end(ap);
++	if (n > -1 && n < MAX_LOG_STRING)
++		fslog.function(loglevel, buffer);
++	else
++		fon_critical("%s: Message too big to be logged", __FUNCTION__);
++#else
++	return;
++#endif
++}
++
++/* Default log function (when mode is LG_SYSLOG or LG_STDERR) */
++static void LG_log_string(LG_LEVEL level, const char *message) 
++{
++#ifndef WIN32
++        static struct {
++                int syslog_level;
++                char *log_string;
++        } fonlog_to_syslog[] = {
++                [LG_DEBUG] = {LOG_ERR, "DEBUG"},
++                [LG_MESSAGE] = {LOG_ERR, "MESSAGE"},
++                [LG_WARNING] = {LOG_ERR, "WARNING"},
++                [LG_CRITICAL] = {LOG_ERR, "CRITICAL"},
++                [LG_ERROR] = {LOG_ERR, "ERROR"}
++        };
++
++	if (level < fslog.watermark)
++		return;
++	if (fslog.mode & LG_SYSLOG) {
++		if (level == LG_MESSAGE) {
++			syslog(LOG_INFO, "%s", message);
++		} else {
++			syslog(fonlog_to_syslog[level].syslog_level, "%s: %s", fonlog_to_syslog[level].log_string, message);
++		}
++	}
++	if (fslog.mode & LG_STDERR) {
++		fprintf(stderr, "%s[%d]: %8.8s: %s\n", fslog.domain, 
++				getpid(), fonlog_to_syslog[level].log_string, 
++				message);
++	}
++#else
++	/* FIXE: todo */
++	return;
++#endif
++}
++
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/log.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
++/*
++ * Fonsm log module. Used inside the fonsm backend module and on the client.
++ *
++ * This file is part of FONUCS. Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
++ *
++ * Created: 20070202 Pablo Martin Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
++ *
++ * $Id: log.h 379 2007-05-28 09:17:48Z pablo.martin $
++ */
++#ifndef _LOG_H
++#define _LOG_H
++
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++extern "C" {
++#endif
++
++#include <stdarg.h>
++
++typedef enum {
++        FSLOG_OK = 0,
++        FSLOG_UNKNOWN = -1
++} FSLOG_ERROR;
++
++
++typedef void * LG_HANDLE;
++
++typedef enum {
++        LG_DEBUG = 0,
++        LG_MESSAGE = 1,
++        LG_INFO = 2,
++        LG_WARNING = 3,
++        LG_CRITICAL = 4,
++        LG_ERROR = 5
++} LG_LEVEL;
++
++#define LG_SYSLOG 0x01
++#define LG_STDERR 0x02
++#define LG_CUSTOM 0x04
++
++#define MAX_LG_DOMAIN 256
++#define MAX_LOG_STRING 4096
++
++#ifndef NDEBUG
++#ifndef LOGPRINTF
++#define fon_debug(...) LG_log (LG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__)
++#else
++#define fon_debug(...) { printf("DEBUG: "); printf(__VA_ARGS__); printf("\n"); }
++#endif
++#else
++/* fon_debug evaluates to nothing when NDEBUG is defined */
++#define fon_debug(...)
++#endif
++#ifndef LOGPRINTF
++#define fon_message(...) LG_log (LG_MESSAGE, __VA_ARGS__)
++#define fon_warning(...) LG_log (LG_WARNING, __VA_ARGS__) 
++#define fon_critical(...) LG_log (LG_CRITICAL, __VA_ARGS__)
++#define fon_error(...) LG_log (LG_ERROR, __VA_ARGS__)
++#else
++#define fon_message(...) { printf("MESSAGE: "); printf(__VA_ARGS__); printf("\n"); }
++#define fon_warning(...)  { printf("WARNING: "); printf(__VA_ARGS__); printf("\n"); }
++#define fon_critical(...) { printf("CRITICAL: "); printf(__VA_ARGS__); printf("\n"); }
++#define fon_error(...) { printf("ERROR: "); printf(__VA_ARGS__); printf("\n"); }
++#endif
++
++typedef void (*LG_log_function_pointer)(LG_LEVEL level, const char *message);
++
++FSLOG_ERROR LG_start(const char *domain, LG_LEVEL watermark, int mode, LG_log_function_pointer log_function, int facility);
++FSLOG_ERROR LG_set_loglevel(LG_LEVEL watermark);
++FSLOG_ERROR LG_end(void);
++void LG_log(LG_LEVEL loglevel, const char *message, ...);
++
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++}
++#endif
++
++#endif
++
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/Makefile
+@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
++#
++# FONRSA & FONSIGN libraries unit testing
++# 
++# This file is part of FONUCS. Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
++#
++# Execute in this directory
++#
++# Created: 20070422 Pablo Martin Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
++#
++# $Id: Makefile 389 2007-06-11 08:29:56Z pablo.martin $
++#
++# FIXME: Put this in the main Makefile.am
++# 
++all: fonsign dump_key
++
++fonsign:
++	gcc -g sign_openssl.c -D__MAINTEST__ -o fonsign -lssl
++
++dump_key:
++	gcc -o dump_key dump_key.c
++	./dump_key > public_key.h
++
++foncheckrsa:
++	gcc -g bigint.c  fonrsa.c  rmd160.c foncheckrsa.c base64.c log.c  -o foncheckrsa 
++
++#private_fon_rsa_key.pem:
++#	openssl genrsa -out private_fon_rsa_key.pem 4096
++#	openssl rsa -in private_fon_rsa_key.pem -pubout -out public_fon_rsa_key.pem
++
++clean:
++	rm fonsign dump_key 
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/public_key.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
++unsigned char public_key[] = {
++	0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x42,0x45,0x47,0x49,0x4E,0x20,0x50,0x55,0x42,0x4C,0x49,
++	0x43,0x20,0x4B,0x45,0x59,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x0A,0x4D,0x49,0x49,0x43,0x49,
++	0x6A,0x41,0x4E,0x42,0x67,0x6B,0x71,0x68,0x6B,0x69,0x47,0x39,0x77,0x30,0x42,0x41,
++	0x51,0x45,0x46,0x41,0x41,0x4F,0x43,0x41,0x67,0x38,0x41,0x4D,0x49,0x49,0x43,0x43,
++	0x67,0x4B,0x43,0x41,0x67,0x45,0x41,0x34,0x4C,0x42,0x76,0x59,0x43,0x4B,0x38,0x38,
++	0x6D,0x75,0x57,0x61,0x73,0x31,0x4F,0x53,0x73,0x71,0x30,0x0A,0x38,0x39,0x38,0x79,
++	0x76,0x54,0x4B,0x71,0x41,0x6E,0x4F,0x37,0x78,0x2F,0x44,0x53,0x57,0x72,0x46,0x53,
++	0x30,0x42,0x72,0x47,0x53,0x51,0x31,0x52,0x69,0x44,0x39,0x55,0x62,0x78,0x77,0x6F,
++	0x64,0x76,0x36,0x65,0x51,0x4B,0x55,0x30,0x67,0x36,0x52,0x6B,0x2F,0x39,0x54,0x70,
++	0x4C,0x6E,0x4F,0x2F,0x76,0x51,0x4B,0x70,0x69,0x41,0x30,0x30,0x0A,0x2B,0x32,0x59,
++	0x30,0x74,0x6B,0x4C,0x39,0x73,0x6A,0x37,0x64,0x33,0x57,0x4B,0x47,0x39,0x62,0x6A,
++	0x64,0x51,0x58,0x2F,0x43,0x49,0x35,0x57,0x46,0x42,0x42,0x64,0x77,0x57,0x73,0x74,
++	0x4D,0x43,0x38,0x77,0x74,0x4C,0x6A,0x6A,0x45,0x59,0x79,0x43,0x58,0x46,0x32,0x31,
++	0x30,0x39,0x7A,0x31,0x47,0x54,0x4C,0x73,0x53,0x44,0x34,0x57,0x4F,0x0A,0x45,0x50,
++	0x6D,0x45,0x37,0x34,0x63,0x6E,0x6F,0x35,0x78,0x53,0x43,0x71,0x71,0x33,0x74,0x54,
++	0x49,0x6D,0x38,0x50,0x78,0x49,0x77,0x54,0x46,0x6D,0x46,0x6F,0x6D,0x6A,0x76,0x31,
++	0x4F,0x56,0x50,0x32,0x73,0x42,0x49,0x70,0x35,0x4E,0x2B,0x59,0x6F,0x56,0x61,0x53,
++	0x58,0x6A,0x47,0x66,0x4E,0x63,0x54,0x36,0x4E,0x6B,0x39,0x76,0x6B,0x56,0x0A,0x57,
++	0x69,0x67,0x39,0x30,0x71,0x50,0x4E,0x4C,0x58,0x6E,0x39,0x39,0x50,0x78,0x48,0x61,
++	0x49,0x31,0x36,0x52,0x7A,0x78,0x48,0x4C,0x39,0x54,0x42,0x2B,0x50,0x43,0x33,0x68,
++	0x33,0x61,0x58,0x33,0x71,0x57,0x30,0x4B,0x4C,0x4A,0x41,0x66,0x6F,0x35,0x70,0x48,
++	0x6C,0x39,0x79,0x75,0x55,0x70,0x37,0x66,0x46,0x65,0x6A,0x4A,0x2B,0x41,0x58,0x0A,
++	0x51,0x4F,0x4A,0x62,0x53,0x45,0x67,0x56,0x74,0x76,0x72,0x68,0x44,0x39,0x73,0x55,
++	0x6D,0x4B,0x30,0x74,0x36,0x63,0x51,0x44,0x65,0x32,0x32,0x4E,0x4E,0x6E,0x77,0x37,
++	0x43,0x4F,0x4F,0x61,0x59,0x49,0x57,0x55,0x55,0x6A,0x79,0x6A,0x68,0x35,0x50,0x4B,
++	0x64,0x64,0x45,0x4B,0x5A,0x38,0x68,0x62,0x62,0x47,0x65,0x61,0x5A,0x4A,0x6F,0x76,
++	0x0A,0x63,0x6F,0x51,0x64,0x55,0x56,0x51,0x6D,0x71,0x44,0x53,0x2B,0x6B,0x63,0x2F,
++	0x41,0x51,0x6C,0x65,0x55,0x36,0x68,0x51,0x6A,0x63,0x55,0x4C,0x57,0x44,0x6B,0x4E,
++	0x2F,0x6F,0x4F,0x6C,0x33,0x43,0x53,0x65,0x70,0x67,0x54,0x37,0x6B,0x67,0x73,0x52,
++	0x63,0x63,0x47,0x74,0x66,0x4B,0x65,0x37,0x77,0x4D,0x70,0x35,0x66,0x59,0x4A,0x2B,
++	0x41,0x0A,0x43,0x46,0x44,0x41,0x6F,0x4C,0x6E,0x58,0x4E,0x6A,0x4E,0x56,0x6C,0x65,
++	0x73,0x43,0x6B,0x78,0x74,0x6A,0x62,0x4C,0x62,0x49,0x72,0x66,0x32,0x6E,0x43,0x62,
++	0x32,0x61,0x4D,0x65,0x64,0x31,0x5A,0x48,0x4E,0x4A,0x51,0x75,0x6F,0x4E,0x58,0x67,
++	0x72,0x43,0x41,0x44,0x31,0x71,0x2B,0x58,0x6E,0x66,0x77,0x63,0x69,0x6D,0x57,0x50,
++	0x64,0x51,0x0A,0x44,0x59,0x6A,0x6D,0x65,0x44,0x70,0x35,0x77,0x36,0x41,0x4A,0x33,
++	0x2F,0x35,0x59,0x39,0x55,0x74,0x78,0x47,0x34,0x72,0x51,0x72,0x61,0x68,0x78,0x53,
++	0x42,0x77,0x43,0x4B,0x57,0x39,0x4B,0x79,0x53,0x31,0x71,0x53,0x76,0x73,0x37,0x7A,
++	0x59,0x2F,0x52,0x59,0x37,0x4A,0x66,0x36,0x63,0x56,0x6B,0x54,0x43,0x78,0x69,0x33,
++	0x7A,0x32,0x53,0x0A,0x50,0x46,0x33,0x51,0x64,0x6B,0x30,0x50,0x44,0x2F,0x73,0x2B,
++	0x6B,0x77,0x39,0x71,0x4F,0x4E,0x79,0x69,0x33,0x67,0x6E,0x61,0x42,0x46,0x6E,0x54,
++	0x77,0x48,0x7A,0x59,0x69,0x77,0x34,0x2F,0x77,0x6A,0x46,0x33,0x64,0x47,0x68,0x47,
++	0x4E,0x6B,0x78,0x36,0x70,0x63,0x4E,0x4F,0x52,0x55,0x46,0x4E,0x65,0x4F,0x7A,0x59,
++	0x76,0x39,0x6F,0x6A,0x0A,0x51,0x59,0x70,0x73,0x55,0x31,0x33,0x6A,0x6D,0x30,0x33,
++	0x42,0x6F,0x45,0x2B,0x42,0x31,0x64,0x38,0x50,0x47,0x75,0x57,0x2B,0x49,0x7A,0x2F,
++	0x41,0x4F,0x44,0x7A,0x6B,0x6F,0x56,0x6B,0x39,0x2B,0x57,0x79,0x49,0x33,0x37,0x50,
++	0x30,0x53,0x7A,0x47,0x4B,0x72,0x2B,0x53,0x33,0x72,0x72,0x74,0x61,0x50,0x6C,0x41,
++	0x70,0x71,0x4B,0x48,0x55,0x0A,0x6E,0x64,0x35,0x6C,0x30,0x63,0x76,0x75,0x59,0x66,
++	0x31,0x4C,0x37,0x45,0x52,0x75,0x49,0x58,0x64,0x47,0x4C,0x6A,0x30,0x43,0x41,0x77,
++	0x45,0x41,0x41,0x51,0x3D,0x3D,0x0A,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x45,0x4E,0x44,0x20,
++	0x50,0x55,0x42,0x4C,0x49,0x43,0x20,0x4B,0x45,0x59,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x2D,0x0A,
++	};
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/rmd160.c
+@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
++/********************************************************************\
++ *
++ *      FILE:     rmd160.c
++ *
++ *      CONTENTS: A sample C-implementation of the RIPEMD-160
++ *                hash-function.
++ *      TARGET:   any computer with an ANSI C compiler
++ *
++ *      AUTHOR:   Antoon Bosselaers, ESAT-COSIC
++ *      DATE:     1 March 1996
++ *      VERSION:  1.0
++ *
++ *      Copyright (c) Katholieke Universiteit Leuven
++ *      1996, All Rights Reserved
++ *
++ *  Conditions for use of the RIPEMD-160 Software
++ *
++ *  The RIPEMD-160 software is freely available for use under the terms and
++ *  conditions described hereunder, which shall be deemed to be accepted by
++ *  any user of the software and applicable on any use of the software:
++ * 
++ *  1. K.U.Leuven Department of Electrical Engineering-ESAT/COSIC shall for
++ *     all purposes be considered the owner of the RIPEMD-160 software and of
++ *     all copyright, trade secret, patent or other intellectual property
++ *     rights therein.
++ *  2. The RIPEMD-160 software is provided on an "as is" basis without
++ *     warranty of any sort, express or implied. K.U.Leuven makes no
++ *     representation that the use of the software will not infringe any
++ *     patent or proprietary right of third parties. User will indemnify
++ *     K.U.Leuven and hold K.U.Leuven harmless from any claims or liabilities
++ *     which may arise as a result of its use of the software. In no
++ *     circumstances K.U.Leuven R&D will be held liable for any deficiency,
++ *     fault or other mishappening with regard to the use or performance of
++ *     the software.
++ *  3. User agrees to give due credit to K.U.Leuven in scientific publications 
++ *     or communications in relation with the use of the RIPEMD-160 software 
++ *     as follows: RIPEMD-160 software written by Antoon Bosselaers, 
++ *     available at http://www.esat.kuleuven.be/~cosicart/ps/AB-9601/.
++ *
++\********************************************************************/
++
++/*  header files */
++#include <common.h>
++#include "rmd160.h"      
++
++/********************************************************************/
++
++void MDinit(dword *MDbuf)
++{
++   MDbuf[0] = 0x67452301UL;
++   MDbuf[1] = 0xefcdab89UL;
++   MDbuf[2] = 0x98badcfeUL;
++   MDbuf[3] = 0x10325476UL;
++   MDbuf[4] = 0xc3d2e1f0UL;
++
++   return;
++}
++
++/********************************************************************/
++
++void compress(dword *MDbuf, dword *X)
++{
++   dword aa = MDbuf[0],  bb = MDbuf[1],  cc = MDbuf[2],
++         dd = MDbuf[3],  ee = MDbuf[4];
++   dword aaa = MDbuf[0], bbb = MDbuf[1], ccc = MDbuf[2],
++         ddd = MDbuf[3], eee = MDbuf[4];
++
++   /* round 1 */
++   FF(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[ 0], 11);
++   FF(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 1], 14);
++   FF(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 2], 15);
++   FF(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 3], 12);
++   FF(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[ 4],  5);
++   FF(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[ 5],  8);
++   FF(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 6],  7);
++   FF(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 7],  9);
++   FF(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 8], 11);
++   FF(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[ 9], 13);
++   FF(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[10], 14);
++   FF(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[11], 15);
++   FF(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[12],  6);
++   FF(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[13],  7);
++   FF(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[14],  9);
++   FF(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[15],  8);
++                             
++   /* round 2 */
++   GG(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 7],  7);
++   GG(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 4],  6);
++   GG(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[13],  8);
++   GG(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[ 1], 13);
++   GG(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[10], 11);
++   GG(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 6],  9);
++   GG(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[15],  7);
++   GG(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 3], 15);
++   GG(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[12],  7);
++   GG(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[ 0], 12);
++   GG(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 9], 15);
++   GG(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 5],  9);
++   GG(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 2], 11);
++   GG(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[14],  7);
++   GG(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[11], 13);
++   GG(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 8], 12);
++
++   /* round 3 */
++   HH(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 3], 11);
++   HH(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[10], 13);
++   HH(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[14],  6);
++   HH(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[ 4],  7);
++   HH(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 9], 14);
++   HH(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[15],  9);
++   HH(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 8], 13);
++   HH(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[ 1], 15);
++   HH(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[ 2], 14);
++   HH(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 7],  8);
++   HH(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 0], 13);
++   HH(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 6],  6);
++   HH(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[13],  5);
++   HH(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[11], 12);
++   HH(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 5],  7);
++   HH(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[12],  5);
++
++   /* round 4 */
++   II(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 1], 11);
++   II(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[ 9], 12);
++   II(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[11], 14);
++   II(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[10], 15);
++   II(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 0], 14);
++   II(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 8], 15);
++   II(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[12],  9);
++   II(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[ 4],  8);
++   II(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[13],  9);
++   II(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 3], 14);
++   II(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 7],  5);
++   II(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[15],  6);
++   II(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[14],  8);
++   II(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 5],  6);
++   II(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 6],  5);
++   II(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 2], 12);
++
++   /* round 5 */
++   JJ(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[ 4],  9);
++   JJ(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[ 0], 15);
++   JJ(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[ 5],  5);
++   JJ(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 9], 11);
++   JJ(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 7],  6);
++   JJ(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[12],  8);
++   JJ(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[ 2], 13);
++   JJ(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[10], 12);
++   JJ(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[14],  5);
++   JJ(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[ 1], 12);
++   JJ(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[ 3], 13);
++   JJ(aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, X[ 8], 14);
++   JJ(ee, aa, bb, cc, dd, X[11], 11);
++   JJ(dd, ee, aa, bb, cc, X[ 6],  8);
++   JJ(cc, dd, ee, aa, bb, X[15],  5);
++   JJ(bb, cc, dd, ee, aa, X[13],  6);
++
++   /* parallel round 1 */
++   JJJ(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 5],  8);
++   JJJ(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[14],  9);
++   JJJ(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[ 7],  9);
++   JJJ(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 0], 11);
++   JJJ(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[ 9], 13);
++   JJJ(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 2], 15);
++   JJJ(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[11], 15);
++   JJJ(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[ 4],  5);
++   JJJ(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[13],  7);
++   JJJ(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[ 6],  7);
++   JJJ(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[15],  8);
++   JJJ(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 8], 11);
++   JJJ(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[ 1], 14);
++   JJJ(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[10], 14);
++   JJJ(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[ 3], 12);
++   JJJ(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[12],  6);
++
++   /* parallel round 2 */
++   III(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 6],  9); 
++   III(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[11], 13);
++   III(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 3], 15);
++   III(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[ 7],  7);
++   III(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 0], 12);
++   III(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[13],  8);
++   III(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[ 5],  9);
++   III(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[10], 11);
++   III(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[14],  7);
++   III(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[15],  7);
++   III(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 8], 12);
++   III(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[12],  7);
++   III(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 4],  6);
++   III(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[ 9], 15);
++   III(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 1], 13);
++   III(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 2], 11);
++
++   /* parallel round 3 */
++   HHH(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[15],  9);
++   HHH(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 5],  7);
++   HHH(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[ 1], 15);
++   HHH(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 3], 11);
++   HHH(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 7],  8);
++   HHH(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[14],  6);
++   HHH(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 6],  6);
++   HHH(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[ 9], 14);
++   HHH(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[11], 12);
++   HHH(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 8], 13);
++   HHH(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[12],  5);
++   HHH(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 2], 14);
++   HHH(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[10], 13);
++   HHH(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 0], 13);
++   HHH(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 4],  7);
++   HHH(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[13],  5);
++
++   /* parallel round 4 */   
++   GGG(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 8], 15);
++   GGG(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[ 6],  5);
++   GGG(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 4],  8);
++   GGG(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 1], 11);
++   GGG(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[ 3], 14);
++   GGG(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[11], 14);
++   GGG(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[15],  6);
++   GGG(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 0], 14);
++   GGG(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 5],  6);
++   GGG(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[12],  9);
++   GGG(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 2], 12);
++   GGG(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[13],  9);
++   GGG(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 9], 12);
++   GGG(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 7],  5);
++   GGG(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[10], 15);
++   GGG(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[14],  8);
++
++   /* parallel round 5 */
++   FFF(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[12] ,  8);
++   FFF(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[15] ,  5);
++   FFF(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[10] , 12);
++   FFF(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[ 4] ,  9);
++   FFF(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 1] , 12);
++   FFF(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[ 5] ,  5);
++   FFF(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[ 8] , 14);
++   FFF(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 7] ,  6);
++   FFF(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[ 6] ,  8);
++   FFF(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 2] , 13);
++   FFF(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[13] ,  6);
++   FFF(aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, X[14] ,  5);
++   FFF(eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, ddd, X[ 0] , 15);
++   FFF(ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, ccc, X[ 3] , 13);
++   FFF(ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, bbb, X[ 9] , 11);
++   FFF(bbb, ccc, ddd, eee, aaa, X[11] , 11);
++
++   /* combine results */
++   ddd += cc + MDbuf[1];               /* final result for MDbuf[0] */
++   MDbuf[1] = MDbuf[2] + dd + eee;
++   MDbuf[2] = MDbuf[3] + ee + aaa;
++   MDbuf[3] = MDbuf[4] + aa + bbb;
++   MDbuf[4] = MDbuf[0] + bb + ccc;
++   MDbuf[0] = ddd;
++
++   return;
++}
++
++/********************************************************************/
++
++void MDfinish(dword *MDbuf, byte *strptr, dword lswlen, dword mswlen)
++{
++   unsigned int i;                                 /* counter       */
++   dword        X[16];                             /* message words */
++
++   memset(X, 0, 16*sizeof(dword));
++
++   /* put bytes from strptr into X */
++   for (i=0; i<(lswlen&63); i++) {
++      /* byte i goes into word X[i div 4] at pos.  8*(i mod 4)  */
++      X[i>>2] ^= (dword) *strptr++ << (8 * (i&3));
++   }
++
++   /* append the bit m_n == 1 */
++   X[(lswlen>>2)&15] ^= (dword)1 << (8*(lswlen&3) + 7);
++
++   if ((lswlen & 63) > 55) {
++      /* length goes to next block */
++      compress(MDbuf, X);
++      memset(X, 0, 16*sizeof(dword));
++   }
++
++   /* append length in bits*/
++   X[14] = lswlen << 3;
++   X[15] = (lswlen >> 29) | (mswlen << 3);
++   compress(MDbuf, X);
++
++   return;
++}
++
++/************************ end of file rmd160.c **********************/
++
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/rmd160.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
++/********************************************************************\
++ *
++ *      FILE:     rmd160.h
++ *
++ *      CONTENTS: Header file for a sample C-implementation of the
++ *                RIPEMD-160 hash-function. 
++ *      TARGET:   any computer with an ANSI C compiler
++ *
++ *      AUTHOR:   Antoon Bosselaers, ESAT-COSIC
++ *      DATE:     1 March 1996
++ *      VERSION:  1.0
++ *
++ *      Copyright (c) Katholieke Universiteit Leuven
++ *      1996, All Rights Reserved
++ *
++ *  Conditions for use of the RIPEMD-160 Software
++ *
++ *  The RIPEMD-160 software is freely available for use under the terms and
++ *  conditions described hereunder, which shall be deemed to be accepted by
++ *  any user of the software and applicable on any use of the software:
++ * 
++ *  1. K.U.Leuven Department of Electrical Engineering-ESAT/COSIC shall for
++ *     all purposes be considered the owner of the RIPEMD-160 software and of
++ *     all copyright, trade secret, patent or other intellectual property
++ *     rights therein.
++ *  2. The RIPEMD-160 software is provided on an "as is" basis without
++ *     warranty of any sort, express or implied. K.U.Leuven makes no
++ *     representation that the use of the software will not infringe any
++ *     patent or proprietary right of third parties. User will indemnify
++ *     K.U.Leuven and hold K.U.Leuven harmless from any claims or liabilities
++ *     which may arise as a result of its use of the software. In no
++ *     circumstances K.U.Leuven R&D will be held liable for any deficiency,
++ *     fault or other mishappening with regard to the use or performance of
++ *     the software.
++ *  3. User agrees to give due credit to K.U.Leuven in scientific publications 
++ *     or communications in relation with the use of the RIPEMD-160 software 
++ *     as follows: RIPEMD-160 software written by Antoon Bosselaers, 
++ *     available at http://www.esat.kuleuven.be/~cosicart/ps/AB-9601/.
++ *
++\********************************************************************/
++
++#ifndef  RMD160H           /* make sure this file is read only once */
++#define  RMD160H
++
++/********************************************************************/
++
++/* typedef 8 and 32 bit types, resp.  */
++/* adapt these, if necessary, 
++   for your operating system and compiler */
++typedef    unsigned char        byte;
++typedef    unsigned long        dword;
++
++
++/********************************************************************/
++
++/* macro definitions */
++
++/* collect four bytes into one word: */
++#define BYTES_TO_DWORD(strptr)                    \
++            (((dword) *((strptr)+3) << 24) | \
++             ((dword) *((strptr)+2) << 16) | \
++             ((dword) *((strptr)+1) <<  8) | \
++             ((dword) *(strptr)))
++
++/* ROL(x, n) cyclically rotates x over n bits to the left */
++/* x must be of an unsigned 32 bits type and 0 <= n < 32. */
++#define ROL(x, n)        (((x) << (n)) | ((x) >> (32-(n))))
++
++/* the five basic functions F(), G() and H() */
++#define F(x, y, z)        ((x) ^ (y) ^ (z)) 
++#define G(x, y, z)        (((x) & (y)) | (~(x) & (z))) 
++#define H(x, y, z)        (((x) | ~(y)) ^ (z))
++#define I(x, y, z)        (((x) & (z)) | ((y) & ~(z))) 
++#define J(x, y, z)        ((x) ^ ((y) | ~(z)))
++  
++/* the ten basic operations FF() through III() */
++#define FF(a, b, c, d, e, x, s)        {\
++      (a) += F((b), (c), (d)) + (x);\
++      (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
++      (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
++   }
++#define GG(a, b, c, d, e, x, s)        {\
++      (a) += G((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + 0x5a827999UL;\
++      (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
++      (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
++   }
++#define HH(a, b, c, d, e, x, s)        {\
++      (a) += H((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + 0x6ed9eba1UL;\
++      (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
++      (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
++   }
++#define II(a, b, c, d, e, x, s)        {\
++      (a) += I((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + 0x8f1bbcdcUL;\
++      (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
++      (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
++   }
++#define JJ(a, b, c, d, e, x, s)        {\
++      (a) += J((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + 0xa953fd4eUL;\
++      (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
++      (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
++   }
++#define FFF(a, b, c, d, e, x, s)        {\
++      (a) += F((b), (c), (d)) + (x);\
++      (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
++      (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
++   }
++#define GGG(a, b, c, d, e, x, s)        {\
++      (a) += G((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + 0x7a6d76e9UL;\
++      (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
++      (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
++   }
++#define HHH(a, b, c, d, e, x, s)        {\
++      (a) += H((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + 0x6d703ef3UL;\
++      (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
++      (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
++   }
++#define III(a, b, c, d, e, x, s)        {\
++      (a) += I((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + 0x5c4dd124UL;\
++      (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
++      (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
++   }
++#define JJJ(a, b, c, d, e, x, s)        {\
++      (a) += J((b), (c), (d)) + (x) + 0x50a28be6UL;\
++      (a) = ROL((a), (s)) + (e);\
++      (c) = ROL((c), 10);\
++   }
++
++/********************************************************************/
++
++/* function prototypes */
++
++void MDinit(dword *MDbuf);
++/*
++ *  initializes MDbuffer to "magic constants"
++ */
++
++void compress(dword *MDbuf, dword *X);
++/*
++ *  the compression function.
++ *  transforms MDbuf using message bytes X[0] through X[15]
++ */
++
++void MDfinish(dword *MDbuf, byte *strptr, dword lswlen, dword mswlen);
++/*
++ *  puts bytes from strptr into X and pad out; appends length 
++ *  and finally, compresses the last block(s)
++ *  note: length in bits == 8 * (lswlen + 2^32 mswlen).
++ *  note: there are (lswlen mod 64) bytes left in strptr.
++ */
++
++#endif  /* RMD160H */
++
++/*********************** end of file rmd160.h ***********************/
++
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/rsa.c
+@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
++/*
++ * FONSM RSA handling library
++ *
++ * This file is part of FONUCS. Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
++ *
++ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
++ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
++ * (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
++ * along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
++ *
++ * Created: 20070306 Pablo Martin Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
++ *
++ * Based on axTLS
++ *
++ * $Id: fonrsa.c 405 2007-09-19 15:26:17Z jesus.pico $
++ */
++#include <malloc.h>
++#include <common.h>
++#include "rsa.h"
++#include "rmd160.h"
++#include "bigint.h"
++#include "base64.h"
++
++#include "public_key.h"
++
++#define RMDsize 160		/* A RIPEMD-160 hash has 160 bits */
++
++typedef struct {
++	uint8_t *buffer;
++	size_t size;
++} DER_key;
++
++typedef struct {
++	bigint *m;              /* modulus */
++	bigint *e;              /* public exponent */
++	int num_octets;
++	BI_CTX *bi_ctx;         /* big integer handle */
++} RSA_parameters;
++
++typedef struct {
++	DER_key *derkey;
++	RSA_parameters *rsaparms;
++} RSA;
++
++static void CH_free_der_key(DER_key *key)
++{
++	free(key->buffer);
++	free(key);
++}
++
++int CH_decrypt(RSA_parameters *rsa, uint8_t *buffer_in, uint8_t *buffer_out)
++{
++	bigint *dat_bi;
++	bigint *decrypted_bi;
++	int byte_size;
++
++	byte_size = rsa->num_octets; 
++	dat_bi = bi_import(rsa->bi_ctx, buffer_in, byte_size);
++	rsa->bi_ctx->mod_offset = BIGINT_M_OFFSET;
++	bi_copy(rsa->m);
++	decrypted_bi = bi_mod_power(rsa->bi_ctx, dat_bi, rsa->e);
++	bi_export(rsa->bi_ctx, decrypted_bi, buffer_out, byte_size);
++	return 0;
++}
++
++byte *RMDbinary(char *buffer, int len)
++{
++	byte data[1024];	/* contains current mess. block */
++	dword nbytes;		/* length of this block         */
++	dword MDbuf[RMDsize / 32];	/* contains (A, B, C, D(, E))   */
++	static byte hashcode[RMDsize / 8];	/* for final hash-value         */
++	dword X[16];		/* current 16-word chunk        */
++	unsigned int i, j;	/* counters                     */
++	dword length[2];	/* length in bytes of message   */
++	dword offset;		/* # of unprocessed bytes at    */
++	/*          call of MDfinish    */
++	int total = len;
++	char *tmp = buffer;
++	MDinit(MDbuf);
++	length[0] = 0;
++	length[1] = 0;
++	while ( len) {
++		memcpy(data, tmp, 1024);
++		if(len > 1024)
++		{
++			nbytes = 1024;
++			len -= 1024;
++			tmp += 1024;
++		} else {
++			nbytes = len;
++			len = 0;
++		}
++		/* process all complete blocks */
++		for (i = 0; i < (nbytes >> 6); i++) {
++			for (j = 0; j < 16; j++)
++				X[j] = BYTES_TO_DWORD(data + 64 * i + 4 * j);
++			compress(MDbuf, X);
++		}
++		/* update length[] */
++		if (length[0] + nbytes < length[0])
++			length[1]++;	/* overflow to msb of length */
++		length[0] += nbytes;
++	}
++	/* finish: */
++	offset = length[0] & 0x3C0;	/* extract bytes 6 to 10 inclusive */
++	MDfinish(MDbuf, data + offset, length[0], length[1]);
++
++	for (i = 0; i < RMDsize / 8; i += 4) {
++		hashcode[i] = MDbuf[i >> 2];
++		hashcode[i + 1] = (MDbuf[i >> 2] >> 8);
++		hashcode[i + 2] = (MDbuf[i >> 2] >> 16);
++		hashcode[i + 3] = (MDbuf[i >> 2] >> 24);
++	}
++
++	return (byte *) hashcode;
++}
++
++static DER_key *CH_load_pem_key(void)
++{
++	DER_key *ret;
++	uint8_t *buffer;
++	char *b64,*p,*t;
++	char key[1024];
++	size_t filesize;
++	int size;
++
++	if ((ret = (DER_key *)malloc(sizeof(DER_key))) == NULL)
++		return NULL;
++	buffer = public_key;
++	p = (char *)buffer;
++	while ((*p != '\n') && (*p != '\0'))
++		p++;
++	if (*p == '\0') {
++		free(ret);
++		return NULL;
++	}
++	p++;
++	b64 = t = p;
++	while((p - b64) <= filesize) {
++		if ((*p == '-')) {
++			break;
++		} else if ((*p != '\n') && (*p != ' ') && (*p != '\t')) {
++			*t = *p;
++			t++;
++		}
++		p++;
++	}
++	*t = '\0';
++	size = B64_decode(b64, key, strlen(b64), 1024);
++	if (size < 0) {
++		free(buffer);
++		free(ret);
++		return NULL;
++	}
++	//free(buffer);
++	ret->buffer = (char *)malloc(size);
++	ret->size = size;
++	memcpy((void *)ret->buffer, (void *)key, size);
++	return ret;
++}
++
++/*
++ * Similar to RSA_pub_key_new, rewritten to make this program depend only on bi module
++ */
++void CH_pub_key_new(RSA_parameters **rsa, const uint8_t *modulus, int mod_len, const uint8_t *pub_exp, int pub_len)
++{
++	RSA_parameters *rsa_parameters;
++
++	BI_CTX *bi_ctx = bi_initialize();
++	*rsa = (RSA_parameters *)calloc(1, sizeof(RSA_parameters));
++	rsa_parameters = *rsa;
++	rsa_parameters->bi_ctx = bi_ctx;
++	rsa_parameters->num_octets = (mod_len & 0xFFF0);
++	rsa_parameters->m = bi_import(bi_ctx, modulus, mod_len);
++	bi_set_mod(bi_ctx, rsa_parameters->m, BIGINT_M_OFFSET);
++	rsa_parameters->e = bi_import(bi_ctx, pub_exp, pub_len);
++	bi_permanent(rsa_parameters->e);
++}
++
++/*
++ * Get the public key specifics from an ASN.1 encoded file
++ * A function lacking in the exported axTLS API
++ *
++ * This is a really weird hack that only works with RSA public key
++ * files
++ */
++static int asn1_get_public_key(const uint8_t *buf, int len, RSA_parameters **rsa_parameters)
++{
++	uint8_t *modulus, *pub_exp;
++	int mod_len, pub_len;
++
++	pub_len = 3;
++	mod_len = len - 37;
++	if (buf[0] != 0x30) {
++		return -1;
++	}
++
++	pub_exp = (uint8_t *)malloc(3);
++	modulus = (uint8_t *)malloc(mod_len);
++	memcpy(modulus, buf + 32 , mod_len);
++	memcpy(pub_exp, buf + 34 + mod_len, 3); 
++	if (mod_len <= 0 || pub_len <= 0 )
++		return -1;
++	CH_pub_key_new(rsa_parameters, modulus, mod_len, pub_exp, pub_len);
++
++	free(modulus);
++	free(pub_exp);
++	return 0;
++}
++
++
++/* FR_init */
++void *FR_init(void)
++{
++	DER_key *derkey;
++	RSA_parameters *rsa_parameters;
++
++	derkey = CH_load_pem_key();
++	if ((asn1_get_public_key(derkey->buffer, derkey->size, &rsa_parameters)) != 0) {
++		fprintf(stderr, "Error: Extracting public key from file\n");
++		return 0;
++	}
++	CH_free_der_key(derkey);
++	return (void *)rsa_parameters;
++}
++
++FONRSA_ERROR FR_end(void *handle)
++{
++	RSA_parameters *rsa_parameters = (RSA_parameters *)handle;
++
++	free(rsa_parameters);
++	return FONRSA_OK;
++}
++
++/*
++ *
++ * Implementation of  PKCS 1.5 padding, borrowed from
++ * Tom's code (public domain)
++ */
++
++/* Standalone FR_verify_file */
++FONRSA_ERROR FR_verify_file(void *handler, char *file_data, int file_len,
++	char *signature_buffer, int signature_size)
++{
++	int j;
++	byte *hashcode;
++	byte hash[20];
++	uint8_t *decrypted;
++	RSA_parameters *rsa_parameters = (RSA_parameters *)handler;
++
++	/* Calculates the RIPEMD-160 hash of the file */
++	hashcode = RMDbinary (file_data, file_len);
++
++	if (rsa_parameters->num_octets != signature_size)
++		return FONRSA_SIZE;
++	decrypted = (uint8_t *)malloc(rsa_parameters->num_octets);
++	if (CH_decrypt(rsa_parameters, signature_buffer, decrypted)) {
++		printf("Error: Decrypting signature\n");
++		return FONRSA_VERIFICATION_FAILURE;
++	}
++	memcpy(hash, decrypted + 492, 20);
++	//free(decrypted);
++	//free(signature_buffer);
++	for (j = 0; j < RMDsize/8; j++) {
++		if (hash[j] != hashcode[j])
++			return FONRSA_VERIFICATION_FAILURE;
++	}
++	return FONRSA_OK;
++}
++
++int rsa_check_signature(char *signature, int signature_len, char *buffer, int buffer_len)
++{
++	FONRSA_ERROR fonrsa_error;
++	void *handle;
++	handle = FR_init();
++	if (handle == NULL) {
++		printf("Error loading keys\n");
++		return 1;
++	}
++	fonrsa_error = FR_verify_file(handle, buffer, buffer_len, signature, signature_len);
++	FR_end(handle);
++	switch (fonrsa_error) {
++		case FONRSA_OK:
++			printf("Verified OK\n");
++			return 0;
++		case FONRSA_VERIFICATION_FAILURE:
++			printf("Verification failure\n");
++			return 1;
++		default:
++			printf("Verification error\n");
++			return -1;
++	}
++
++}
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/rsa.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
++/*
++ * FONSM RSA handling library, used by fonsmcd and foncheckrsa
++ *
++ * This file is part of FONUCS. Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
++ *
++ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
++ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
++ * (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
++ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
++ * along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
++ *
++ * Created: 20070306 Pablo Martin Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
++ *
++ * $Id: fonrsa.h 404 2007-09-17 10:41:31Z jesus.pico $
++ */
++#ifndef _FONRSA_H
++#define _FONRSA_H
++
++#define MINIMUM_PADING_BYTES_PKCS_1_5 3
++
++typedef enum {
++	FONRSA_OK = 0,
++	FONRSA_VERIFICATION_FAILURE = 1,
++	FONRSA_OPENKEY = 2,
++	FONRSA_SIZE = 3,
++	FONRSA_LOADFILE = 4,
++	FONRSA_CRYPT = 5,
++	FONRSA_DECRYPT = 6,
++	FONRSA_SAVEFILE = 7,
++	FONRSA_NOSYS = 8,
++	FONRSA_VERIFY = 9
++} FONRSA_ERROR;
++
++int rsa_check_signature(char *signature, int signature_len, char *buffer, int buffer_len);
++
++#endif
++
++
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/sign.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
++/*
++ * Signature interface
++ *
++ * This file is part of FONUCS. Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
++ *
++ * Created: 20070417 Pablo Martín Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
++ *
++ * $Id: sign.h 389 2007-06-11 08:29:56Z pablo.martin $
++ */
++#ifndef __SIGN_H__
++#define __SIGN_H__
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++	extern "C" {
++#endif
++
++void SG_init(void);
++void *SG_start(char *private_key_path, char *public_key_path);
++void SG_stop(void *handle);
++int SG_crypt(void *data, unsigned char *text, int size_text, unsigned char *crypted_text,
++	unsigned int crypted_text_buffer_size, int *crypted_size);
++int SG_crypt_v2(void *data, unsigned char *text, int size_text, unsigned char *crypted_text,
++	unsigned int crypted_text_buffer_size, int *crypted_size);
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++}
++#endif
++#endif /* #ifdef __SIGN_H__ */
++
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/rsa/sign_openssl.c
+@@ -0,0 +1,437 @@
++/*
++ * Signature using OpenSSL 
++ *
++ * This file is part of FONUCS. Copyright (C) 2007 FON Wireless Ltd.
++ *
++ * Created: 20070417 Pablo Martín Medrano <pablo@fon.com>
++ *
++ * $Id: sign_openssl.c 346 2007-05-10 19:51:38Z pablo.martin $
++ */
++/*
++ *
++ * How the RSA public and private key was generated
++ * To check .FON files
++ * openssl genrsa -out private_fon_rsa_key.pem 4096
++ * openssl rsa -in private_fon_rsa_key.pem -pubout -out public_fon_rsa_key.pem
++ *
++ * How the Status Manager public and private key was generated
++ * openssl genrsa -out private_sm_rsa_key.pem 2048
++ * openssl rsa -in private_sm_rsa_key.pem -pubout -out public_sm_rsa_key.pem
++ *
++ * How to sign using the RSA private key (This is what fonsign does)
++ *  openssl dgst -rmd160 -sign private_fon_rsa_key.pem FILE > SIGNATURE
++ * How to verify using the RSA public key (This is what fonverify + foncheckrsa does)
++ *  openssl dgst -rmd160 -verify public_fon_rsa_key.pem -signature SIGNATURE FILE
++ * Convert to DER file (to use it in La Fonera)
++ *  openssl rsa -inform PEM -outform DER -pubin -in public_fon_rsa_key.pem -pubout -out public_fon_rsa_key.der
++ */
++#include <openssl/rsa.h>
++#include <openssl/ssl.h>
++#include <openssl/bn.h>
++#include <openssl/pem.h>
++#include <openssl/evp.h>
++#include <sys/stat.h>
++#include <fcntl.h>
++#ifndef __MAINTEST__
++#include "log.h"
++#else
++#define fon_warning printf
++#define fon_debug printf
++#define fon_critical printf
++#endif
++#include "sign.h"
++
++typedef struct {
++	RSA *rsa;
++	int rsa_size;
++	EVP_PKEY *pkey;
++	int pkey_size;
++	RSA *public_rsa;
++	int public_rsa_size;
++	EVP_PKEY *public_pkey;
++	int public_pkey_size;
++} Sign;
++
++typedef enum {
++	KEY_PUBLIC = 0,
++	KEY_PRIVATE
++} KEY_TYPE;
++
++static EVP_PKEY *SG_load_key(char *key_path, KEY_TYPE type);
++static unsigned char *load_file_in_buffer(char *path, int *size);
++static int save_file_from_buffer(char *path, char *buffer, int size);
++
++void SG_init(void)
++{
++	SSL_load_error_strings();
++	SSL_library_init();
++	OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms();
++	OpenSSL_add_all_ciphers();
++	OpenSSL_add_all_digests();
++}
++
++static unsigned char *load_file_in_buffer(char *path, int *size)
++{
++	char *buffer;
++	struct stat st;
++	int fd;
++
++	if (stat(path, &st))
++		return NULL;
++	buffer = (char *)malloc(st.st_size);
++	if (buffer == NULL)
++		return NULL;
++ 	if ((fd = open(path, O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
++		free(buffer);
++		return NULL;
++	}
++	if (read(fd,buffer,st.st_size) != (ssize_t)st.st_size) {
++		free(buffer);
++		close(fd);
++		return NULL;
++	}
++	*size = (int)st.st_size;
++	close(fd);
++	return buffer;
++}
++
++static int save_file_from_buffer(char *path, char *buffer, int size)
++{
++	int fd;
++
++	if ((fd = open(path, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT, 0644)) == -1)
++		return -1;
++	if (write(fd, buffer, (size_t)size) != ((ssize_t)size)) {
++		close(fd);
++		return -1;
++	}
++	close(fd);
++	return 0;
++}
++
++static EVP_PKEY *SG_load_key(char *key_path, KEY_TYPE type)
++{
++	BIO *key = NULL;
++	EVP_PKEY *pkey;
++
++	if ((key = BIO_new(BIO_s_file())) == NULL) {
++		//ERR_print_errors(err);
++		fon_warning("%s: Error calling BIO_new()\n", __FUNCTION__);
++		return NULL;
++	}
++	if (BIO_read_filename(key, key_path) <= 0) {
++		fon_warning("%s: Error opening %s\n", __FUNCTION__, key_path);
++		// ERR_print_errors(err);
++		BIO_free(key);	
++	}
++	if (type == KEY_PUBLIC) {
++		pkey = PEM_read_bio_PUBKEY(key, NULL, NULL, NULL);
++	} else if (type == KEY_PRIVATE) {
++		pkey = PEM_read_bio_PrivateKey(key, NULL, NULL, NULL); 
++	} else {
++		return NULL;
++	}
++
++	if (pkey == NULL) {
++		fon_warning("%s: Error reading %s\n", __FUNCTION__, key_path);
++		BIO_free(key);
++		return NULL;
++	}
++	BIO_free(key);
++	return pkey;
++}
++
++void *SG_start(char *private_key_path, char *public_key_path)
++{
++	Sign *sign;
++
++	if ((sign = (Sign *)malloc(sizeof(Sign))) == NULL)
++		return NULL;
++	memset(sign, 0, sizeof(Sign));
++	if (private_key_path != NULL) {
++		if ((sign->pkey = SG_load_key(private_key_path, KEY_PRIVATE)) == NULL) {
++			fon_warning("%s: Error loading %s", __FUNCTION__, private_key_path);
++			return NULL;
++		}
++	}
++	if (public_key_path != NULL) {
++		if ((sign->public_pkey = SG_load_key(public_key_path, KEY_PUBLIC)) == NULL) {
++			fon_warning("%s: Error loading %s", __FUNCTION__, public_key_path);
++			return NULL;
++		}
++	}
++	if (sign->pkey != NULL) {
++		sign->pkey_size = EVP_PKEY_size(sign->pkey);
++		if ((sign->rsa = EVP_PKEY_get1_RSA(sign->pkey)) == NULL) {
++			EVP_PKEY_free(sign->pkey);
++			return NULL;
++		}
++	}
++	if (sign->public_pkey != NULL) {
++		sign->public_pkey_size = EVP_PKEY_size(sign->public_pkey);
++		if ((sign->public_rsa = EVP_PKEY_get1_RSA(sign->public_pkey)) == NULL) {
++			EVP_PKEY_free(sign->pkey);
++			return NULL;
++		}
++	}
++	if (((sign->rsa == NULL) && (private_key_path != NULL)) || 
++	   ((sign->public_rsa == NULL) && (public_key_path != NULL))) {
++		fon_warning("%s: Error calling EVP_PKEY_get1_RSA()", __FUNCTION__);
++		return NULL;
++	}
++	if (sign->rsa != NULL) {
++		sign->rsa_size = RSA_size(sign->rsa);
++		if (RSA_check_key(sign->rsa) != 1) {
++			fon_warning("%s: RSA key failure", __FUNCTION__);
++			return NULL;
++		}
++	}
++
++	return (void *)sign;
++}
++
++void SG_stop(void *handle)
++{
++	Sign *sign = (Sign *)handle;
++
++	EVP_PKEY_free(sign->pkey);
++	EVP_PKEY_free(sign->public_pkey);
++	if (sign->rsa != NULL)
++		RSA_free(sign->rsa);
++	if (sign->public_rsa != NULL)
++		RSA_free(sign->public_rsa);
++	free(sign);
++}
++
++int SG_verify(void *data, unsigned char *text, unsigned int size_text,
++	unsigned char *signature, unsigned int size_signature)
++{
++	EVP_MD_CTX mdctx;
++	EVP_MD *md;
++	EVP_PKEY *pkey;
++	int ret;
++	Sign *sign = (Sign *)data;
++
++	md = (EVP_MD *)EVP_ripemd160();
++	if(!EVP_VerifyInit(&mdctx, md))
++		return 4;
++	if (!EVP_VerifyUpdate(&mdctx, (const void *)text, (unsigned int)size_text)) {
++		return 5;
++	}
++	ret = EVP_VerifyFinal(&mdctx, (const char *)signature, size_signature, sign->public_pkey);
++	EVP_PKEY_free(pkey);
++	EVP_MD_CTX_cleanup(&mdctx);
++	return ret;
++}
++
++int SG_sign(void *data, void *text, unsigned int size_text, void *signature_buffer,
++	unsigned int size_signature_buffer, unsigned int *size_signature)
++{
++	unsigned char *digest[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE];
++	EVP_MD_CTX mdctx;
++	EVP_MD *md;
++	int ret;
++	Sign *sign = (Sign *)data;
++
++	if (size_signature_buffer < sign->pkey_size) 
++		return 1;
++
++	md = (EVP_MD *)EVP_ripemd160();
++	EVP_SignInit(&mdctx, md);
++	if (!EVP_SignUpdate(&mdctx, (const void *)text, (unsigned int)size_text)) {
++		return 2;
++	}
++	if (!EVP_SignFinal(&mdctx, (unsigned char *)signature_buffer, (unsigned int *)size_signature, sign->pkey)) {
++		return 3;
++	}
++	EVP_MD_CTX_cleanup(&mdctx);
++
++	return 0;
++}
++
++/*
++ * It's not advised to crypt using RAW ... unless you have crypted the buffer using AES before.
++ */
++int SG_crypt(void *data, unsigned char *text, int size_text,
++	unsigned char *crypted_text, unsigned int crypted_text_buffer_size,
++	int *crypted_size)
++{
++	EVP_MD_CTX mdctx;
++	EVP_MD *md;
++	int retsize;
++	Sign *sign = (Sign *)data;
++
++	if (crypted_text_buffer_size < sign->pkey_size) {
++		fon_critical("%s: size_signature_buffer [%u] < %u", __FUNCTION__, size_text, sign->pkey_size);
++		return 1;
++	}
++	if (size_text != sign->pkey_size) {
++		fon_critical("%s: size_text [%u] != %u", __FUNCTION__, size_text, sign->pkey_size);
++		return 2;
++	}
++	/* The buffer is pre-padded with random data ... */
++	fon_debug("%s: About to call RSA_private_encrypt(%d, %x, %x, %x, %d)",
++			__FUNCTION__, size_text, crypted_text, sign->rsa, RSA_NO_PADDING);
++	retsize = RSA_private_encrypt(size_text, text, crypted_text, sign->rsa, RSA_NO_PADDING);
++	if (retsize == -1) {
++		fon_critical("%s: Error calling RSA_private_encrypt(%d, %x, %x, %x, %d)",
++			__FUNCTION__, size_text, crypted_text, sign->rsa, RSA_NO_PADDING);    
++		return 1;
++	}
++	*crypted_size = retsize;
++	return 0;
++}
++
++/* SG_decrypt */
++int SG_decrypt(void *data, unsigned char *cryptext, int cryptext_size, unsigned char *plaintext,
++	int plaintext_buffer_size, int *plaintext_size)
++{
++	EVP_MD_CTX mdctx;
++	EVP_MD *md;
++	int retsize;
++	Sign *sign = (Sign *)data;
++
++	if (plaintext_buffer_size < sign->public_pkey_size) {
++		fon_critical("%s: plaintext_buffer_size [%u] < %u", __FUNCTION__, plaintext_buffer_size, sign->public_pkey_size);
++		return 1;
++	}
++	if (cryptext_size != sign->public_pkey_size) {
++		fon_critical("%s: cryptext_size [%u] != %u", __FUNCTION__, cryptext_size, sign->public_pkey_size);
++		return 2;
++	}
++	retsize = RSA_public_decrypt(cryptext_size, cryptext, plaintext, sign->public_rsa, RSA_NO_PADDING);
++	if (retsize == -1)
++		return 1;
++	*plaintext_size = retsize;
++	return 0;
++}
++
++#ifdef __MAINTEST__
++int main(int argc, char **argv)
++{
++	size_t argv0_size;
++	char *token;
++
++	argv0_size = strlen(argv[0]);
++	if (argv0_size < 7) {
++		fprintf(stderr, "%s?", argv[0]);
++		return 1;
++	}
++	token =  argv[0] + argv0_size - 7;
++
++	SG_init();
++	if (!strcmp(token, "fonsign")) {
++		return main_fonsign(argc, argv);
++	} else if (!strcmp(token, "foncryp")) {
++		return main_foncryp(argc, argv);
++	}
++	fprintf(stderr, "%s?", argv[0]);
++	return 1;
++}
++
++int main_foncryp(int argc, char **argv)
++{
++	void *handle = NULL;
++	int encrypt = 0;
++	char *filebuffer = NULL;
++	char crypted[1024];
++	int size, crypted_size, ret;
++
++	if (argc != 5) {
++		printf("Usage: %s encrypt|decrypt <key_file> <file> <crypted_file>\n", argv[0]);
++		return 1;
++	}
++	if (!strcmp(argv[1], "encrypt")) {
++		printf("Encryption mode\n");
++		encrypt = 1;
++	} else
++		printf("Decryption mode\n");
++	if (encrypt)
++		handle = SG_start(argv[2], NULL);
++	else
++		handle = SG_start(NULL, argv[2]);
++	if (handle == NULL) {
++		printf("Error loading keys\n");
++		return 1;
++	}
++	
++	filebuffer = load_file_in_buffer(argv[3], &size); 
++	if (filebuffer == NULL) {
++		printf("Error reading %s\n", argv[3]);
++		SG_stop(handle);
++		return 1;
++	}
++	if (encrypt)
++		ret = SG_crypt(handle, filebuffer, size, crypted, 1024, &crypted_size);
++	else
++		ret = SG_decrypt(handle, filebuffer, size, crypted, 1024, &crypted_size);
++
++	if (ret) {
++		printf("Error crypting %d bytes\n", size);
++		SG_stop(handle);
++		return 1;
++	}
++	printf("Crypted size %d\n", crypted_size);
++	if (save_file_from_buffer(argv[4], crypted, crypted_size)) {
++		printf("Error saving file\n");
++		SG_stop(handle);
++		return 1;
++	}
++
++	SG_stop(handle);
++	return 0;
++}
++
++int main_fonsign(int argc, char **argv)
++{
++	void *handle = NULL;
++	char signature_buffer[4096];
++	char *signature;
++	unsigned int signature_size;
++	struct stat st;
++	char *filebuffer = NULL;
++	int size;
++	int ret = -1;
++
++	if (argc != 5) {
++		fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s <private_key_file> <public_key_file> <file_to_sign> <signature_file>\n", argv[0]);
++		goto end;
++	}
++	handle = SG_start(argv[1], argv[2]);
++	if (handle == NULL) {
++		fprintf(stderr, "Error calling SG_start(%s)\n", argv[1]);
++		goto end;	
++	}
++	filebuffer = load_file_in_buffer(argv[3], &size); 
++	if (filebuffer == NULL) {
++		fprintf(stderr, "Error reading %s\n", argv[3]);
++		goto end;
++	}
++	if (SG_sign(handle, filebuffer, size, signature_buffer, 4096, &signature_size)) {
++		fprintf(stderr, "Error calling SG_sign()\n");
++		goto end;
++	}
++	ret = SG_verify(handle, filebuffer, size, signature_buffer, signature_size); 
++	if (ret == 0)
++		fprintf(stderr, "signature failure\n");
++	else if (ret == 1) {
++		fprintf(stderr, "signature ok\n");
++		ret = 0;
++	} else {
++		fprintf(stderr, "signature error\n");
++		goto end;
++	}
++	if (save_file_from_buffer(argv[4], signature_buffer, signature_size)) {
++		fprintf(stderr, "Error writing to %s\n", argv[4]);
++		goto end;
++	}
++	ret = 0;
++end:
++	if (filebuffer != NULL)
++		free(filebuffer);
++	if (handle != NULL)
++		SG_stop(handle);
++	return ret;
++}
++#endif
++
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/uip-0.9/fs.c
+@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
++/**
++ * \addtogroup httpd
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * \file
++ * HTTP server read-only file system code.
++ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
++ *
++ * A simple read-only filesystem. 
++ */
++ 
++/*
++ * Copyright (c) 2001, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
++ * All rights reserved. 
++ *
++ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
++ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
++ * are met: 
++ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
++ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
++ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
++ * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors 
++ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software 
++ *    without specific prior written permission. 
++ *
++ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND 
++ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 
++ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE 
++ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE 
++ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL 
++ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS 
++ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) 
++ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT 
++ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY 
++ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 
++ * SUCH DAMAGE. 
++ *
++ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
++ * 
++ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
++ *
++ * $Id: fs.c,v 1.7.2.3 2003/10/07 13:22:27 adam Exp $
++ */
++
++#include "uip.h"
++#include "httpd.h"
++#include "fs.h"
++#include "fsdata.h"
++
++#include "fsdata.c"
++
++#ifdef FS_STATISTICS
++#if FS_STATISTICS == 1
++static u16_t count[FS_NUMFILES];
++#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
++#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
++
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++static u8_t
++fs_strcmp(const char *str1, const char *str2)
++{
++  u8_t i;
++  i = 0;
++ loop:
++
++  if(str2[i] == 0 ||
++     str1[i] == '\r' || 
++     str1[i] == '\n') {
++    return 0;
++  }
++
++  if(str1[i] != str2[i]) {
++    return 1;
++  }
++
++
++  ++i;
++  goto loop;
++}
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++int
++fs_open(const char *name, struct fs_file *file)
++{
++#ifdef FS_STATISTICS
++#if FS_STATISTICS == 1
++  u16_t i = 0;
++#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
++#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
++  struct fsdata_file_noconst *f;
++
++  for(f = (struct fsdata_file_noconst *)FS_ROOT;
++      f != NULL;
++      f = (struct fsdata_file_noconst *)f->next) {
++
++    if(fs_strcmp(name, f->name) == 0) {
++      file->data = f->data;
++      file->len = f->len;
++#ifdef FS_STATISTICS
++#if FS_STATISTICS == 1
++      ++count[i];
++#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
++#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
++      return 1;
++    }
++#ifdef FS_STATISTICS
++#if FS_STATISTICS == 1
++    ++i;
++#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
++#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
++
++  }
++  return 0;
++}
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++void
++fs_init(void)
++{
++#ifdef FS_STATISTICS
++#if FS_STATISTICS == 1
++  u16_t i;
++  for(i = 0; i < FS_NUMFILES; i++) {
++    count[i] = 0;
++  }
++#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
++#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
++}
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++#ifdef FS_STATISTICS
++#if FS_STATISTICS == 1  
++u16_t fs_count
++(char *name)
++{
++  struct fsdata_file_noconst *f;
++  u16_t i;
++
++  i = 0;
++  for(f = (struct fsdata_file_noconst *)FS_ROOT;
++      f != NULL;
++      f = (struct fsdata_file_noconst *)f->next) {
++
++    if(fs_strcmp(name, f->name) == 0) {
++      return count[i];
++    }
++    ++i;
++  }
++  return 0;
++}
++#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
++#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/uip-0.9/fsdata.c
+@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
++static const char data_flashing_html[] = {
++	/* /flashing.html */
++	0x2f, 0x66, 0x6c, 0x61, 0x73, 0x68, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x2e, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0,
++	0x48, 0x54, 0x54, 0x50, 0x2f, 0x31, 0x2e, 0x30, 0x20, 0x32, 
++	0x30, 0x30, 0x20, 0x4f, 0x4b, 0xd, 0xa, 0x53, 0x65, 0x72, 
++	0x76, 0x65, 0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x75, 0x49, 0x50, 0x2f, 0x30, 
++	0x2e, 0x39, 0x20, 0x28, 0x68, 0x74, 0x74, 0x70, 0x3a, 0x2f, 
++	0x2f, 0x64, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x6b, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x2e, 0x63, 
++	0x6f, 0x6d, 0x2f, 0x61, 0x64, 0x61, 0x6d, 0x2f, 0x75, 0x69, 
++	0x70, 0x2f, 0x29, 0xd, 0xa, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65, 
++	0x6e, 0x74, 0x2d, 0x74, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x74, 
++	0x65, 0x78, 0x74, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0xd, 0xa, 
++	0xd, 0xa, 0x3c, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x62, 
++	0x6f, 0x64, 0x79, 0x20, 0x73, 0x74, 0x79, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x3d, 
++	0x22, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x72, 0x67, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x30, 
++	0x70, 0x74, 0x20, 0x61, 0x75, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x3b, 0x20, 0x68, 
++	0x65, 0x69, 0x67, 0x68, 0x74, 0x3a, 0x31, 0x30, 0x30, 0x25, 
++	0x3b, 0x20, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x6c, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x23, 
++	0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x3b, 0x20, 0x62, 0x61, 0x63, 0x6b, 0x67, 
++	0x72, 0x6f, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x64, 0x2d, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x6c, 0x6f, 
++	0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x23, 0x66, 0x62, 0x62, 0x30, 0x33, 0x34, 
++	0x3b, 0x22, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x63, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65, 0x72, 
++	0x3e, 0x3c, 0x68, 0x31, 0x3e, 0x55, 0x70, 0x67, 0x72, 0x61, 
++	0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x20, 0x73, 0x79, 0x73, 0x74, 0x65, 
++	0x6d, 0x20, 0x2e, 0x2e, 0x2e, 0x2e, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x31, 
++	0x3e, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x63, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65, 0x72, 0x3e, 
++	0x3c, 0x2f, 0x62, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x79, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 
++	0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0x3e, 0xa, };
++
++static const char data_fail_html[] = {
++	/* /fail.html */
++	0x2f, 0x66, 0x61, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x2e, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0,
++	0x48, 0x54, 0x54, 0x50, 0x2f, 0x31, 0x2e, 0x30, 0x20, 0x32, 
++	0x30, 0x30, 0x20, 0x4f, 0x4b, 0xd, 0xa, 0x53, 0x65, 0x72, 
++	0x76, 0x65, 0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x75, 0x49, 0x50, 0x2f, 0x30, 
++	0x2e, 0x39, 0x20, 0x28, 0x68, 0x74, 0x74, 0x70, 0x3a, 0x2f, 
++	0x2f, 0x64, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x6b, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x2e, 0x63, 
++	0x6f, 0x6d, 0x2f, 0x61, 0x64, 0x61, 0x6d, 0x2f, 0x75, 0x69, 
++	0x70, 0x2f, 0x29, 0xd, 0xa, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65, 
++	0x6e, 0x74, 0x2d, 0x74, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x74, 
++	0x65, 0x78, 0x74, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0xd, 0xa, 
++	0xd, 0xa, 0x3c, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 
++	0x3c, 0x68, 0x65, 0x61, 0x64, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x3c, 
++	0x74, 0x69, 0x74, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x9, 
++	0x4c, 0x61, 0x46, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x65, 0x72, 0x61, 0x20, 0x46, 
++	0x61, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x61, 0x66, 0x65, 0x20, 0x55, 0x49, 
++	0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x74, 0x69, 0x74, 0x6c, 0x65, 
++	0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x62, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x79, 0x3e, 0xa, 
++	0x9, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x68, 0x31, 0x3e, 0x46, 0x6c, 0x61, 0x73, 
++	0x68, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x20, 0x66, 0x61, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x65, 
++	0x64, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x31, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x45, 
++	0x52, 0x52, 0x4f, 0x52, 0x20, 0x2d, 0x20, 0x74, 0x68, 0x65, 
++	0x20, 0x69, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x67, 0x65, 0x20, 0x79, 0x6f, 0x75, 
++	0x20, 0x75, 0x70, 0x6c, 0x6f, 0x61, 0x64, 0x65, 0x64, 0x20, 
++	0x66, 0x61, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x64, 0x20, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x20, 
++	0x70, 0x61, 0x73, 0x73, 0x20, 0x76, 0x65, 0x72, 0x69, 0x66, 
++	0x69, 0x63, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x2e, 0x20, 0x50, 
++	0x6c, 0x65, 0x61, 0x73, 0x65, 0x20, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x6b, 0x65, 
++	0x20, 0x73, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x20, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x20, 0x75, 
++	0x73, 0x65, 0x20, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x20, 0x6f, 0x66, 0x66, 0x69, 
++	0x63, 0x69, 0x61, 0x6c, 0x20, 0x75, 0x70, 0x64, 0x61, 0x74, 
++	0x65, 0x20, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x76, 0x69, 0x64, 0x65, 0x64, 
++	0x20, 0x62, 0x79, 0x20, 0x68, 0x74, 0x74, 0x70, 0x3a, 0x2f, 
++	0x2f, 0x64, 0x6f, 0x77, 0x6e, 0x6c, 0x6f, 0x61, 0x64, 0x2e, 
++	0x66, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x6f, 0x73, 0x66, 0x65, 0x72, 0x61, 0x2e, 
++	0x6f, 0x72, 0x67, 0x2f, 0xa, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x62, 0x6f, 
++	0x64, 0x79, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 
++	0x3e, 0xa, };
++
++static const char data_404_html[] = {
++	/* /404.html */
++	0x2f, 0x34, 0x30, 0x34, 0x2e, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0,
++	0x48, 0x54, 0x54, 0x50, 0x2f, 0x31, 0x2e, 0x30, 0x20, 0x34, 
++	0x30, 0x34, 0x20, 0x46, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x20, 0x6e, 0x6f, 
++	0x74, 0x20, 0x66, 0x6f, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x64, 0xd, 0xa, 0x53, 
++	0x65, 0x72, 0x76, 0x65, 0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x75, 0x49, 0x50, 
++	0x2f, 0x30, 0x2e, 0x39, 0x20, 0x28, 0x68, 0x74, 0x74, 0x70, 
++	0x3a, 0x2f, 0x2f, 0x64, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x6b, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x73, 
++	0x2e, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x2f, 0x61, 0x64, 0x61, 0x6d, 0x2f, 
++	0x75, 0x69, 0x70, 0x2f, 0x29, 0xd, 0xa, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x6e, 
++	0x74, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x2d, 0x74, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x3a, 
++	0x20, 0x74, 0x65, 0x78, 0x74, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 
++	0xd, 0xa, 0xd, 0xa, 0x3c, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0x3e, 
++	0x3c, 0x62, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x79, 0x20, 0x62, 0x67, 0x63, 0x6f, 
++	0x6c, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x3d, 0x22, 0x77, 0x68, 0x69, 0x74, 0x65, 
++	0x22, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x63, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65, 0x72, 0x3e, 
++	0x3c, 0x68, 0x31, 0x3e, 0x34, 0x30, 0x34, 0x20, 0x2d, 0x20, 
++	0x66, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x20, 0x6e, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x20, 0x66, 
++	0x6f, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x64, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x31, 0x3e, 0x3c, 
++	0x2f, 0x63, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65, 0x72, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x2f, 
++	0x62, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x79, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 
++	0x6c, 0x3e, };
++
++static const char data_index_html[] = {
++	/* /index.html */
++	0x2f, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x64, 0x65, 0x78, 0x2e, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0,
++	0x48, 0x54, 0x54, 0x50, 0x2f, 0x31, 0x2e, 0x30, 0x20, 0x32, 
++	0x30, 0x30, 0x20, 0x4f, 0x4b, 0xd, 0xa, 0x53, 0x65, 0x72, 
++	0x76, 0x65, 0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x75, 0x49, 0x50, 0x2f, 0x30, 
++	0x2e, 0x39, 0x20, 0x28, 0x68, 0x74, 0x74, 0x70, 0x3a, 0x2f, 
++	0x2f, 0x64, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x6b, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x2e, 0x63, 
++	0x6f, 0x6d, 0x2f, 0x61, 0x64, 0x61, 0x6d, 0x2f, 0x75, 0x69, 
++	0x70, 0x2f, 0x29, 0xd, 0xa, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65, 
++	0x6e, 0x74, 0x2d, 0x74, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x74, 
++	0x65, 0x78, 0x74, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0xd, 0xa, 
++	0xd, 0xa, 0x3c, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 
++	0x3c, 0x68, 0x65, 0x61, 0x64, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x3c, 
++	0x74, 0x69, 0x74, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x9, 
++	0x4c, 0x61, 0x46, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x65, 0x72, 0x61, 0x20, 0x46, 
++	0x61, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x61, 0x66, 0x65, 0x20, 0x55, 0x49, 
++	0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x74, 0x69, 0x74, 0x6c, 0x65, 
++	0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x65, 0x61, 0x64, 0x3e, 
++	0xa, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x62, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x79, 0x20, 0x73, 0x74, 
++	0x79, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x3d, 0x22, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x72, 0x67, 0x69, 
++	0x6e, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x30, 0x70, 0x74, 0x20, 0x61, 0x75, 0x74, 
++	0x6f, 0x3b, 0x20, 0x68, 0x65, 0x69, 0x67, 0x68, 0x74, 0x3a, 
++	0x31, 0x30, 0x30, 0x25, 0x3b, 0x20, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x6c, 0x6f, 
++	0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x23, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x3b, 0x20, 0x62, 
++	0x61, 0x63, 0x6b, 0x67, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x64, 0x2d, 
++	0x63, 0x6f, 0x6c, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x23, 0x66, 0x62, 
++	0x62, 0x30, 0x33, 0x34, 0x3b, 0x22, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 
++	0x3c, 0x68, 0x31, 0x3e, 0x4c, 0x61, 0x46, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x65, 
++	0x72, 0x61, 0x20, 0x46, 0x61, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x61, 0x66, 
++	0x65, 0x20, 0x55, 0x49, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x31, 0x3e, 0xa, 
++	0x9, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x66, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x6d, 0x20, 0x6d, 0x65, 
++	0x74, 0x68, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x3d, 0x22, 0x70, 0x6f, 0x73, 0x74, 
++	0x22, 0x20, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x74, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x3d, 
++	0x22, 0x6d, 0x75, 0x6c, 0x74, 0x69, 0x70, 0x61, 0x72, 0x74, 
++	0x2f, 0x66, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x6d, 0x2d, 0x64, 0x61, 0x74, 0x61, 
++	0x22, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x70, 
++	0x75, 0x74, 0x20, 0x74, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x3d, 0x66, 0x69, 
++	0x6c, 0x65, 0x20, 0x6e, 0x61, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x3d, 0x66, 0x69, 
++	0x72, 0x6d, 0x77, 0x61, 0x72, 0x65, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 
++	0x9, 0x3c, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x70, 0x75, 0x74, 0x20, 0x74, 0x79, 
++	0x70, 0x65, 0x3d, 0x73, 0x75, 0x62, 0x6d, 0x69, 0x74, 0x3e, 
++	0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x66, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x6d, 0x3e, 
++	0xa, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x62, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x79, 0x3e, 0xa, 
++	0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0x3e, 0xa, };
++
++static const char data_flash_html[] = {
++	/* /flash.html */
++	0x2f, 0x66, 0x6c, 0x61, 0x73, 0x68, 0x2e, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0,
++	0x48, 0x54, 0x54, 0x50, 0x2f, 0x31, 0x2e, 0x30, 0x20, 0x32, 
++	0x30, 0x30, 0x20, 0x4f, 0x4b, 0xd, 0xa, 0x53, 0x65, 0x72, 
++	0x76, 0x65, 0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x75, 0x49, 0x50, 0x2f, 0x30, 
++	0x2e, 0x39, 0x20, 0x28, 0x68, 0x74, 0x74, 0x70, 0x3a, 0x2f, 
++	0x2f, 0x64, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x6b, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x2e, 0x63, 
++	0x6f, 0x6d, 0x2f, 0x61, 0x64, 0x61, 0x6d, 0x2f, 0x75, 0x69, 
++	0x70, 0x2f, 0x29, 0xd, 0xa, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65, 
++	0x6e, 0x74, 0x2d, 0x74, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x74, 
++	0x65, 0x78, 0x74, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0xd, 0xa, 
++	0xd, 0xa, 0x3c, 0x68, 0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 
++	0x3c, 0x68, 0x65, 0x61, 0x64, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x3c, 
++	0x74, 0x69, 0x74, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x9, 
++	0x4c, 0x61, 0x46, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x65, 0x72, 0x61, 0x20, 0x46, 
++	0x61, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x61, 0x66, 0x65, 0x20, 0x55, 0x49, 
++	0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x74, 0x69, 0x74, 0x6c, 0x65, 
++	0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x65, 0x61, 0x64, 0x3e, 
++	0xa, 0x9, 0x3c, 0x62, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x79, 0x20, 0x73, 0x74, 
++	0x79, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x3d, 0x22, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x72, 0x67, 0x69, 
++	0x6e, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x30, 0x70, 0x74, 0x20, 0x61, 0x75, 0x74, 
++	0x6f, 0x3b, 0x20, 0x68, 0x65, 0x69, 0x67, 0x68, 0x74, 0x3a, 
++	0x31, 0x30, 0x30, 0x25, 0x3b, 0x20, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x6c, 0x6f, 
++	0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x23, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x3b, 0x20, 0x62, 
++	0x61, 0x63, 0x6b, 0x67, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x64, 0x2d, 
++	0x63, 0x6f, 0x6c, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x3a, 0x20, 0x23, 0x66, 0x62, 
++	0x62, 0x30, 0x33, 0x34, 0x3b, 0x22, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 
++	0x3c, 0x68, 0x31, 0x3e, 0x46, 0x6c, 0x61, 0x73, 0x68, 0x69, 
++	0x6e, 0x67, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 0x31, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x9, 0x9, 
++	0x54, 0x68, 0x65, 0x20, 0x73, 0x79, 0x73, 0x74, 0x65, 0x6d, 
++	0x20, 0x69, 0x73, 0x20, 0x6e, 0x6f, 0x77, 0x20, 0x74, 0x72, 
++	0x79, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x20, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x20, 0x66, 0x6c, 
++	0x61, 0x73, 0x68, 0x2e, 0x20, 0x49, 0x66, 0x20, 0x74, 0x68, 
++	0x65, 0x72, 0x65, 0x20, 0x69, 0x73, 0x20, 0x61, 0x20, 0x70, 
++	0x72, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x6d, 0x2c, 0x20, 0x74, 0x68, 
++	0x65, 0x20, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x64, 0x73, 0x20, 0x77, 0x69, 0x6c, 
++	0x6c, 0x20, 0x73, 0x74, 0x61, 0x72, 0x74, 0x20, 0x74, 0x6f, 
++	0x20, 0x62, 0x6c, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x6b, 0x2e, 0xa, 0xa, 0x9, 
++	0x9, 0x41, 0x66, 0x74, 0x65, 0x72, 0x20, 0x61, 0x20, 0x73, 
++	0x75, 0x63, 0x63, 0x65, 0x73, 0x73, 0x66, 0x75, 0x6c, 0x6c, 
++	0x20, 0x75, 0x70, 0x64, 0x61, 0x74, 0x65, 0x20, 0x74, 0x68, 
++	0x65, 0x20, 0x62, 0x6f, 0x78, 0x20, 0x77, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x6c, 
++	0x20, 0x72, 0x65, 0x62, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x74, 0xa, 0x9, 0x3c, 
++	0x2f, 0x62, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x79, 0x3e, 0xa, 0x3c, 0x2f, 0x68, 
++	0x74, 0x6d, 0x6c, 0x3e, 0xa, };
++
++const struct fsdata_file file_flashing_html[] = {{NULL, data_flashing_html, data_flashing_html + 15, sizeof(data_flashing_html) - 15}};
++
++const struct fsdata_file file_fail_html[] = {{file_flashing_html, data_fail_html, data_fail_html + 11, sizeof(data_fail_html) - 11}};
++
++const struct fsdata_file file_404_html[] = {{file_fail_html, data_404_html, data_404_html + 10, sizeof(data_404_html) - 10}};
++
++const struct fsdata_file file_index_html[] = {{file_404_html, data_index_html, data_index_html + 12, sizeof(data_index_html) - 12}};
++
++const struct fsdata_file file_flash_html[] = {{file_index_html, data_flash_html, data_flash_html + 12, sizeof(data_flash_html) - 12}};
++
++#define FS_ROOT file_flash_html
++
++#define FS_NUMFILES 5
+\ No newline at end of file
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/uip-0.9/fsdata.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
++/*
++ * Copyright (c) 2001, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
++ * All rights reserved. 
++ *
++ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
++ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
++ * are met: 
++ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
++ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
++ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
++ * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors 
++ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software 
++ *    without specific prior written permission. 
++ *
++ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND 
++ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 
++ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE 
++ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE 
++ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL 
++ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS 
++ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) 
++ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT 
++ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY 
++ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 
++ * SUCH DAMAGE. 
++ *
++ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
++ * 
++ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
++ *
++ * $Id: fsdata.h,v 1.4.2.1 2003/10/04 22:54:06 adam Exp $
++ */
++#ifndef __FSDATA_H__
++#define __FSDATA_H__
++
++#include "uipopt.h"
++
++struct fsdata_file {
++  const struct fsdata_file *next;
++  const char *name;
++  const char *data;
++  const int len;
++#ifdef FS_STATISTICS
++#if FS_STATISTICS == 1
++  u16_t count;
++#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
++#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
++};
++
++struct fsdata_file_noconst {
++  struct fsdata_file *next;
++  char *name;
++  char *data;
++  int len;
++#ifdef FS_STATISTICS
++#if FS_STATISTICS == 1
++  u16_t count;
++#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
++#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
++};
++
++#endif /* __FSDATA_H__ */
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/uip-0.9/fs.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
++/**
++ * \addtogroup httpd
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * \file
++ * HTTP server read-only file system header file.
++ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
++ */
++ 
++/*
++ * Copyright (c) 2001, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
++ * All rights reserved. 
++ *
++ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
++ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
++ * are met: 
++ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
++ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
++ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
++ * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors 
++ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software 
++ *    without specific prior written permission. 
++ *
++ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND 
++ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 
++ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE 
++ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE 
++ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL 
++ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS 
++ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) 
++ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT 
++ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY 
++ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 
++ * SUCH DAMAGE. 
++ *
++ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
++ * 
++ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
++ *
++ * $Id: fs.h,v 1.6.2.3 2003/10/07 13:22:27 adam Exp $
++ */
++#ifndef __FS_H__
++#define __FS_H__
++
++#include "uip.h"
++
++/**
++ * An open file in the read-only file system.
++ */
++struct fs_file {
++  char *data;  /**< The actual file data. */
++  int len;     /**< The length of the file data. */
++};
++
++/**
++ * Open a file in the read-only file system.
++ *
++ * \param name The name of the file.
++ *
++ * \param file The file pointer, which must be allocated by caller and
++ * will be filled in by the function.
++ */
++int fs_open(const char *name, struct fs_file *file);
++
++#ifdef FS_STATISTICS
++#if FS_STATISTICS == 1  
++u16_t fs_count(char *name);
++#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
++#endif /* FS_STATISTICS */
++
++/**
++ * Initialize the read-only file system.
++ */
++void fs_init(void);
++
++#endif /* __FS_H__ */
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/uip-0.9/httpd.c
+@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
++#include "uip.h"
++#include "httpd.h"
++#include "fs.h"
++#include "fsdata.h"
++#include <asm/addrspace.h>
++
++#define HTTP_NONE		0
++#define HTTP_FILE		1
++#define HTTP_FIRMWARE		2
++
++#define PRINT(x) printf("%s", x)
++#define PRINTLN(x) printf("%s\n", x)
++
++extern unsigned long do_http_tmp_address(void);
++
++struct httpd_state *hs;
++
++extern const struct fsdata_file file_index_html;
++extern const struct fsdata_file file_404_html;
++extern const struct fsdata_file file_flash_html;
++extern int httpd_upload_complete;
++extern unsigned char *httpd_upload_data;
++unsigned char *upload_data;
++extern ulong		NetBootFileXferSize;
++int upload_running = 0;
++
++#define ISO_G        0x47
++#define ISO_E        0x45
++#define ISO_T        0x54
++#define ISO_P        0x50
++#define ISO_O        0x4f
++#define ISO_S        0x53
++#define ISO_T        0x54
++#define ISO_slash    0x2f
++#define ISO_c        0x63
++#define ISO_g        0x67
++#define ISO_i        0x69
++#define ISO_space    0x20
++#define ISO_nl       0x0a
++#define ISO_cr       0x0d
++#define ISO_a        0x61
++#define ISO_t        0x74
++#define ISO_hash     0x23
++#define ISO_period   0x2e
++
++static char eol[3] = { 0x0d, 0x0a, 0x00 };
++static char eol2[5] = { 0x0d, 0x0a, 0x0d, 0x0a, 0x00 };
++static char boundary[128];
++static int boundary_len = 0;
++
++/* we use this so that we can do without the ctype library */
++#define is_digit(c)	((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '9')
++static int atoi(const char *s)
++{
++	int i=0;
++
++	while (is_digit(*s))
++		i = i*10 + *(s++) - '0';
++	return i;
++}
++
++void
++httpd_init(void)
++{
++	fs_init();
++	uip_listen(HTONS(80));
++}
++
++void
++httpd_appcall(void)
++{
++	struct fs_file fsfile;
++	u8_t i;
++	switch(uip_conn->lport) {
++	case HTONS(80):
++		hs = (struct httpd_state *)(uip_conn->appstate);
++		if(uip_connected())
++		{
++			hs->state = HTTP_NONE;
++			hs->count = 0;
++			return;
++		} else if(uip_poll())
++		{
++			if(hs->count++ >= 1000) {
++				uip_abort();
++			}
++			return;
++		} else if(uip_newdata() && hs->state == HTTP_NONE)
++		{
++			if(uip_appdata[0] == ISO_G &&
++				uip_appdata[1] == ISO_E &&
++				uip_appdata[2] == ISO_T &&
++				uip_appdata[3] == ISO_space)
++			{
++				hs->state = HTTP_FILE;
++			}
++			if(uip_appdata[0] == ISO_P &&
++				uip_appdata[1] == ISO_O &&
++				uip_appdata[2] == ISO_S &&
++				uip_appdata[3] == ISO_T &&
++				uip_appdata[4] == ISO_space)
++			{
++				hs->state = HTTP_FIRMWARE;
++			}
++			if(hs->state == HTTP_NONE)
++			{
++				uip_abort();
++				return;
++			}
++			if(hs->state == HTTP_FILE)
++			{
++				for(i = 4; i < 40; ++i)
++				{
++					if(uip_appdata[i] == ISO_space ||
++						uip_appdata[i] == ISO_cr ||
++						uip_appdata[i] == ISO_nl)
++					{
++						uip_appdata[i] = 0;
++						break;
++					}
++				}
++
++				PRINT("request for file ");
++				PRINTLN(&uip_appdata[4]);
++				if(uip_appdata[4] == ISO_slash &&
++					uip_appdata[5] == 0)
++				{
++					fs_open(file_index_html.name, &fsfile);
++				} else {
++					if(!fs_open((const char *)&uip_appdata[4], &fsfile))
++					{
++						PRINTLN("couldn't open file");
++						fs_open(file_index_html.name, &fsfile);
++					}
++				}
++				hs->script = 0;
++				hs->state = HTTP_FILE;
++				hs->dataptr = fsfile.data;
++				hs->count = fsfile.len;
++			}
++			if(hs->state == HTTP_FIRMWARE)
++			{
++				unsigned char *start = (unsigned char*)uip_appdata;
++				char *clen = strstr(start, "Content-Length:");
++				int len = 0;
++				unsigned char *next, *end;
++				unsigned char *boundary_start;
++				int i;
++				uip_appdata[uip_len] = '\0';
++				if(clen)
++				{
++					clen += sizeof("Content-Length:");
++					next = strstr(clen, eol);
++					if(next)
++					{
++						len = atoi(clen);
++						next++;
++						printf("expecting %d bytes\n", len);
++						upload_data = httpd_upload_data = (unsigned char *)do_http_tmp_address();
++						printf("received data will be stored at 0x%08X\n", upload_data);
++						if(!upload_data)
++						{
++							printf("failed to allocate memory\n");
++							uip_close();
++							return;
++						}
++					} else {
++						uip_close();
++						return;
++					}
++				}
++				if(len < 4 * 1024)
++				{
++					uip_close();
++					return;
++				}
++				boundary_start = strstr(next, "---");
++				if(!boundary_start)
++				{
++					uip_close();
++					return;
++				}
++				end = strstr(boundary_start, eol);
++				if(!eol)
++				{
++					uip_close();
++					return;
++				}
++				boundary_len = end - boundary_start;
++				memcpy(boundary, boundary_start, boundary_len);
++				boundary[boundary_len] = 0;
++				next = strstr(boundary_start, "name=\"firmware\";");
++				if(!next)
++				{
++					uip_close();
++					return;
++				}
++				next = strstr(next, eol2);
++				if(!next)
++				{
++					printf("could not find start of data\n");
++					uip_close();
++					return;
++				}
++				next += 4;
++				hs->script = 0;
++				hs->state = HTTP_FIRMWARE;
++				hs->upload = uip_len - (next - start);
++				hs->upload_total = len - (int)(next - boundary_start);
++				hs->upload_total -= (strlen(boundary) + 6);
++				//printf("storing %d bytes at %p\n", (int)hs->upload, upload_data);
++				for(i = 0; i < hs->upload; i++)
++					upload_data[i] = next[i];
++				upload_data += (int)hs->upload;
++				printf("%d / %d\n", (int)hs->upload, hs->upload_total);
++				uip_slen = 0;
++				return;
++			}
++		}
++
++		if(hs->state == HTTP_FIRMWARE)
++		{
++			if(uip_newdata())
++			{
++				int i;
++				hs->count = 0;
++				uip_appdata[uip_len] = '\0';
++				hs->upload += uip_len;
++				//printf("storing %d bytes at %p\n", uip_len, upload_data);
++				printf("%d / %d\n", (int)hs->upload, hs->upload_total);
++				for(i = 0; i < uip_len; i++)
++					upload_data[i] = uip_appdata[i];
++				upload_data += uip_len;
++				uip_slen = 0;
++				if(hs->upload >= hs->upload_total)
++				{
++					upload_running = 1;
++					NetBootFileXferSize = hs->upload_total;
++					fs_open(file_flash_html.name, &fsfile);
++					hs->script = 0;
++					hs->state = HTTP_FILE;
++					hs->dataptr = fsfile.data;
++					hs->count = fsfile.len;
++				}
++			}
++		}
++		if(hs->state == HTTP_FILE)
++		{
++			if(uip_acked())
++			{
++				if(hs->count >= uip_conn->len)
++				{
++					hs->count -= uip_conn->len;
++					hs->dataptr += uip_conn->len;
++				} else {
++					hs->count = 0;
++				}
++				if(hs->count == 0)
++				{
++					if(upload_running)
++					{
++						int i;
++						httpd_upload_complete = 1;
++					//	for(i = 0; i < hs->upload_total; i++)
++					//		printf("%c", httpd_upload_data[i]);
++					}
++					uip_close();
++				}
++			}
++			uip_send(hs->dataptr, hs->count);
++		}
++		break;
++
++	default:
++		uip_abort();
++		break;
++	}
++}
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/uip-0.9/httpd.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
++/**
++ * \addtogroup httpd
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * \file
++ * HTTP server header file.
++ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
++ */
++
++/*
++ * Copyright (c) 2001, Adam Dunkels.
++ * All rights reserved. 
++ *
++ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
++ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
++ * are met: 
++ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
++ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
++ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
++ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
++ *    products derived from this software without specific prior
++ *    written permission.  
++ *
++ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
++ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
++ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
++ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
++ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
++ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
++ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
++ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
++ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
++ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
++ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
++ *
++ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
++ *
++ * $Id: httpd.h,v 1.4.2.3 2003/10/06 22:56:44 adam Exp $
++ *
++ */
++
++#ifndef __HTTPD_H__
++#define __HTTPD_H__
++
++void httpd_init(void);
++void httpd_appcall(void);
++
++/* UIP_APPCALL: the name of the application function. This function
++   must return void and take no arguments (i.e., C type "void
++   appfunc(void)"). */
++#ifndef UIP_APPCALL
++#define UIP_APPCALL		httpd_appcall
++#endif
++
++struct httpd_state {
++  u8_t state;
++  u16_t count;
++  char *dataptr;
++  char *script;
++  unsigned int upload;
++  unsigned int upload_total;
++};
++
++
++/* UIP_APPSTATE_SIZE: The size of the application-specific state
++   stored in the uip_conn structure. */
++#ifndef UIP_APPSTATE_SIZE
++#define UIP_APPSTATE_SIZE (sizeof(struct httpd_state))
++#endif
++
++#define FS_STATISTICS 1
++
++extern struct httpd_state *hs;
++
++
++/* we copy the data to RAM+10MB */
++#define TMP_DATA 0x8A100000
++
++#endif /* __HTTPD_H__ */
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/uip-0.9/main.c
+@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
++/*
++ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
++ * All rights reserved. 
++ *
++ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
++ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
++ * are met: 
++ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
++ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
++ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
++ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
++ *    products derived from this software without specific prior
++ *    written permission.  
++ *
++ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
++ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
++ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
++ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
++ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
++ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
++ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
++ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
++ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
++ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
++ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
++ *
++ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
++ *
++ * $Id: main.c,v 1.10.2.1 2003/10/04 22:54:17 adam Exp $
++ *
++ */
++
++
++#include "uip.h"
++#include "uip_arp.h"
++#include "tapdev.h"
++#include "httpd.h"
++
++#define BUF ((struct uip_eth_hdr *)&uip_buf[0])
++
++#ifndef NULL
++#define NULL (void *)0
++#endif /* NULL */
++
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++int
++main(void)
++{
++	u8_t i, arptimer;
++	tapdev_init();
++	uip_init();
++	httpd_init();
++	arptimer = 0;
++	while(1) {
++		uip_len = tapdev_read();
++		if(uip_len == 0) {
++			for(i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; i++) {
++				uip_periodic(i);
++				if(uip_len > 0) {
++					uip_arp_out();
++					tapdev_send();
++				}
++			}
++
++			if(++arptimer == 20) {
++				uip_arp_timer();
++				arptimer = 0;
++			}
++		} else {
++			if(BUF->type == htons(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP)) {
++				uip_arp_ipin();
++				uip_input();
++				if(uip_len > 0) {
++					uip_arp_out();
++					tapdev_send();
++				}
++			} else if(BUF->type == htons(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP)) {
++				uip_arp_arpin();
++				if(uip_len > 0) {
++					tapdev_send();
++				}
++			}
++		}
++	}
++	return 0;
++}
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/uip-0.9/Makefile
+@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
++# Copyright (c) 2001, Adam Dunkels.
++# All rights reserved. 
++#
++# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
++# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
++# are met: 
++# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
++#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
++# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
++#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
++#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
++# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
++#    must display the following acknowledgement:
++#      This product includes software developed by Adam Dunkels.
++# 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
++#    products derived from this software without specific prior
++#    written permission.  
++#
++# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
++# OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
++# WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
++# ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
++# DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
++# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
++# GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
++# INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
++# WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
++# NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
++# SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
++#
++# This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
++#
++# $Id: Makefile,v 1.8.2.2 2003/10/04 22:54:17 adam Exp $
++#
++
++CC=gcc
++CFLAGS=-Wall -fpack-struct -DDUMP=0
++
++all: uip
++
++uip: uip.o uip_arch.o tapdev.o httpd.o main.o fs.o uip_arp.o
++	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) $^ -o $@
++
++%.o: %.c
++	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c  $^ -o $@
++
++clean:
++	rm -f *.o *~ *core uip
++
++
++
++
++
++
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/uip-0.9/tapdev.c
+@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
++/*
++ * Copyright (c) 2001, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
++ * All rights reserved. 
++ *
++ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
++ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
++ * are met: 
++ *
++ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
++ *
++ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
++ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
++ *
++ * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors 
++ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software 
++ *    without specific prior written permission. 
++ *
++ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND 
++ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 
++ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE 
++ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE 
++ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL 
++ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS 
++ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) 
++ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT 
++ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY 
++ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 
++ * SUCH DAMAGE. 
++ *
++ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
++ *
++ * $Id: tapdev.c,v 1.7.2.1 2003/10/07 13:23:19 adam Exp $
++ */
++
++
++#include <fcntl.h>
++#include <stdlib.h>
++#include <stdio.h>
++#include <unistd.h>
++#include <string.h>
++#include <sys/ioctl.h>
++#include <sys/socket.h>
++#include <sys/types.h>
++#include <sys/time.h>
++#include <sys/uio.h>
++#include <sys/socket.h>
++
++#ifdef linux
++#include <sys/ioctl.h>
++#include <linux/if.h>
++#include <linux/if_tun.h>
++#define DEVTAP "/dev/net/tun"
++#else  /* linux */
++#define DEVTAP "/dev/tap0"
++#endif /* linux */
++
++#include "uip.h"
++
++static int fd;
++
++static unsigned long lasttime;
++static struct timezone tz;
++
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++void
++tapdev_init(void)
++{
++  char buf[1024];
++  
++  fd = open(DEVTAP, O_RDWR);
++  if(fd == -1) {
++    perror("tapdev: tapdev_init: open");
++    exit(1);
++  }
++
++#ifdef linux
++  {
++    struct ifreq ifr;
++    memset(&ifr, 0, sizeof(ifr));
++    ifr.ifr_flags = IFF_TAP|IFF_NO_PI;
++    if (ioctl(fd, TUNSETIFF, (void *) &ifr) < 0) {
++      perror(buf);
++      exit(1);
++    }
++  }
++#endif /* Linux */
++
++  snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "ifconfig tap0 inet %d.%d.%d.%d",
++	   UIP_DRIPADDR0, UIP_DRIPADDR1, UIP_DRIPADDR2, UIP_DRIPADDR3);
++  system(buf);
++
++  lasttime = 0;
++}
++
++void dump_mem(int type, int len)
++{
++#if DUMP == 1
++	int i;
++	for(i = 0; i < len; i++)
++		printf("%c", uip_buf[i]);
++	if(type)
++	{
++		printf("\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01");
++		printf("\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01\01");
++	} else {
++		printf("\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02");
++		printf("\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02\02");
++	}
++	fflush(stdout);
++#endif
++}
++
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++unsigned int
++tapdev_read(void)
++{
++  fd_set fdset;
++  struct timeval tv, now;
++  int ret;
++  
++  if(lasttime >= 500000) {
++    lasttime = 0;
++    return 0;
++  }
++  
++  tv.tv_sec = 0;
++  tv.tv_usec = 500000 - lasttime;
++
++
++  FD_ZERO(&fdset);
++  FD_SET(fd, &fdset);
++
++  gettimeofday(&now, &tz);  
++  ret = select(fd + 1, &fdset, NULL, NULL, &tv);
++  if(ret == 0) {
++    lasttime = 0;    
++    return 0;
++  } 
++  ret = read(fd, uip_buf, UIP_BUFSIZE);  
++  if(ret == -1) {
++    perror("tap_dev: tapdev_read: read");
++  }
++  gettimeofday(&tv, &tz);
++  lasttime += (tv.tv_sec - now.tv_sec) * 1000000 + (tv.tv_usec - now.tv_usec);
++  dump_mem(0, ret);
++  return ret;
++}
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++void
++tapdev_send(void)
++{
++  int ret;
++  struct iovec iov[2];
++  
++#ifdef linux
++  {
++    char tmpbuf[UIP_BUFSIZE];
++    int i;
++
++    for(i = 0; i < 40 + UIP_LLH_LEN; i++) {
++      tmpbuf[i] = uip_buf[i];
++    }
++    
++    for(; i < uip_len; i++) {
++      tmpbuf[i] = uip_appdata[i - 40 - UIP_LLH_LEN];
++    }
++    
++    ret = write(fd, tmpbuf, uip_len);
++  }  
++#else 
++
++  if(uip_len < 40 + UIP_LLH_LEN) {
++    ret = write(fd, uip_buf, uip_len + UIP_LLH_LEN);
++  } else {
++    iov[0].iov_base = uip_buf;
++    iov[0].iov_len = 40 + UIP_LLH_LEN;
++    iov[1].iov_base = (char *)uip_appdata;
++    iov[1].iov_len = uip_len - (40 + UIP_LLH_LEN);  
++    
++    ret = writev(fd, iov, 2);
++  }
++#endif
++  dump_mem(1, ret);
++
++  if(ret == -1) {
++    perror("tap_dev: tapdev_send: writev");
++    exit(1);
++  }
++}  
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/uip-0.9/tapdev.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
++/*
++ * Copyright (c) 2001, Adam Dunkels.
++ * All rights reserved. 
++ *
++ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
++ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
++ * are met: 
++ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
++ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
++ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
++ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
++ *    products derived from this software without specific prior
++ *    written permission.  
++ *
++ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
++ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
++ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
++ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
++ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
++ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
++ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
++ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
++ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
++ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
++ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
++ *
++ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
++ *
++ * $Id: tapdev.h,v 1.1.2.1 2003/10/04 22:54:17 adam Exp $
++ *
++ */
++
++#ifndef __TAPDEV_H__
++#define __TAPDEV_H__
++
++void tapdev_init(void);
++unsigned int tapdev_read(void);
++void tapdev_send(void);
++
++#endif /* __TAPDEV_H__ */
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/uip-0.9/uip_arch.c
+@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
++/*
++ * Copyright (c) 2001, Adam Dunkels.
++ * All rights reserved. 
++ *
++ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
++ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
++ * are met: 
++ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
++ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
++ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
++ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
++ *    products derived from this software without specific prior
++ *    written permission.  
++ *
++ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
++ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
++ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
++ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
++ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
++ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
++ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
++ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
++ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
++ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
++ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
++ *
++ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
++ *
++ * $Id: uip_arch.c,v 1.2.2.1 2003/10/04 22:54:17 adam Exp $
++ *
++ */
++
++
++#include "uip.h"
++#include "uip_arch.h"
++
++#define BUF ((uip_tcpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN])
++#define IP_PROTO_TCP    6
++
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++void
++uip_add32(u8_t *op32, u16_t op16)
++{
++  
++  uip_acc32[3] = op32[3] + (op16 & 0xff);
++  uip_acc32[2] = op32[2] + (op16 >> 8);
++  uip_acc32[1] = op32[1];
++  uip_acc32[0] = op32[0];
++  
++  if(uip_acc32[2] < (op16 >> 8)) {
++    ++uip_acc32[1];    
++    if(uip_acc32[1] == 0) {
++      ++uip_acc32[0];
++    }
++  }
++  
++  
++  if(uip_acc32[3] < (op16 & 0xff)) {
++    ++uip_acc32[2];  
++    if(uip_acc32[2] == 0) {
++      ++uip_acc32[1];    
++      if(uip_acc32[1] == 0) {
++	++uip_acc32[0];
++      }
++    }
++  }
++}
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++u16_t
++uip_chksum(u16_t *sdata, u16_t len)
++{
++  u16_t acc;
++  
++  for(acc = 0; len > 1; len -= 2) {
++    acc += *sdata;
++    if(acc < *sdata) {
++      /* Overflow, so we add the carry to acc (i.e., increase by
++         one). */
++      ++acc;
++    }
++    ++sdata;
++  }
++
++  /* add up any odd byte */
++  if(len == 1) {
++    acc += htons(((u16_t)(*(u8_t *)sdata)) << 8);
++    if(acc < htons(((u16_t)(*(u8_t *)sdata)) << 8)) {
++      ++acc;
++    }
++  }
++
++  return acc;
++}
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++u16_t
++uip_ipchksum(void)
++{
++  return uip_chksum((u16_t *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN], 20);
++}
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++u16_t
++uip_tcpchksum(void)
++{
++  u16_t hsum, sum;
++
++  
++  /* Compute the checksum of the TCP header. */
++  hsum = uip_chksum((u16_t *)&uip_buf[20 + UIP_LLH_LEN], 20);
++
++  /* Compute the checksum of the data in the TCP packet and add it to
++     the TCP header checksum. */
++  sum = uip_chksum((u16_t *)uip_appdata,
++		   (u16_t)(((((u16_t)(BUF->len[0]) << 8) + BUF->len[1]) - 40)));
++
++  if((sum += hsum) < hsum) {
++    ++sum;
++  }
++  
++  if((sum += BUF->srcipaddr[0]) < BUF->srcipaddr[0]) {
++    ++sum;
++  }
++  if((sum += BUF->srcipaddr[1]) < BUF->srcipaddr[1]) {
++    ++sum;
++  }
++  if((sum += BUF->destipaddr[0]) < BUF->destipaddr[0]) {
++    ++sum;
++  }
++  if((sum += BUF->destipaddr[1]) < BUF->destipaddr[1]) {
++    ++sum;
++  }
++  if((sum += (u16_t)htons((u16_t)IP_PROTO_TCP)) < (u16_t)htons((u16_t)IP_PROTO_TCP)) {
++    ++sum;
++  }
++
++  hsum = (u16_t)htons((((u16_t)(BUF->len[0]) << 8) + BUF->len[1]) - 20);
++  
++  if((sum += hsum) < hsum) {
++    ++sum;
++  }
++  
++  return sum;
++}
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/uip-0.9/uip_arch.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
++/**
++ * \defgroup uiparch Architecture specific uIP functions
++ * @{
++ *
++ * The functions in the architecture specific module implement the IP
++ * check sum and 32-bit additions.
++ *
++ * The IP checksum calculation is the most computationally expensive
++ * operation in the TCP/IP stack and it therefore pays off to
++ * implement this in efficient assembler. The purpose of the uip-arch
++ * module is to let the checksum functions to be implemented in
++ * architecture specific assembler.
++ *
++ */
++
++/**
++ * \file
++ * Declarations of architecture specific functions.
++ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
++ */
++
++/*
++ * Copyright (c) 2001, Adam Dunkels.
++ * All rights reserved. 
++ *
++ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
++ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
++ * are met: 
++ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
++ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
++ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
++ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
++ *    products derived from this software without specific prior
++ *    written permission.  
++ *
++ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
++ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
++ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
++ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
++ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
++ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
++ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
++ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
++ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
++ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
++ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
++ *
++ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
++ *
++ * $Id: uip_arch.h,v 1.1.2.2 2003/10/06 15:10:22 adam Exp $
++ *
++ */
++
++#ifndef __UIP_ARCH_H__
++#define __UIP_ARCH_H__
++
++#include "uip.h"
++
++/**
++ * Carry out a 32-bit addition.
++ *
++ * Because not all architectures for which uIP is intended has native
++ * 32-bit arithmetic, uIP uses an external C function for doing the
++ * required 32-bit additions in the TCP protocol processing. This
++ * function should add the two arguments and place the result in the
++ * global variable uip_acc32.
++ *
++ * \note The 32-bit integer pointed to by the op32 parameter and the
++ * result in the uip_acc32 variable are in network byte order (big
++ * endian).
++ *
++ * \param op32 A pointer to a 4-byte array representing a 32-bit
++ * integer in network byte order (big endian).
++ *
++ * \param op16 A 16-bit integer in host byte order.
++ */
++void uip_add32(u8_t *op32, u16_t op16);
++
++/**
++ * Calculate the Internet checksum over a buffer.
++ *
++ * The Internet checksum is the one's complement of the one's
++ * complement sum of all 16-bit words in the buffer.
++ *
++ * See RFC1071.
++ *
++ * \note This function is not called in the current version of uIP,
++ * but future versions might make use of it.
++ *
++ * \param buf A pointer to the buffer over which the checksum is to be
++ * computed.
++ *
++ * \param len The length of the buffer over which the checksum is to
++ * be computed.
++ *
++ * \return The Internet checksum of the buffer.
++ */
++u16_t uip_chksum(u16_t *buf, u16_t len);
++
++/**
++ * Calculate the IP header checksum of the packet header in uip_buf.
++ *
++ * The IP header checksum is the Internet checksum of the 20 bytes of
++ * the IP header.
++ *
++ * \return The IP header checksum of the IP header in the uip_buf
++ * buffer.
++ */
++u16_t uip_ipchksum(void);
++
++/**
++ * Calculate the TCP checksum of the packet in uip_buf and uip_appdata.
++ *
++ * The TCP checksum is the Internet checksum of data contents of the
++ * TCP segment, and a pseudo-header as defined in RFC793.
++ *
++ * \note The uip_appdata pointer that points to the packet data may
++ * point anywhere in memory, so it is not possible to simply calculate
++ * the Internet checksum of the contents of the uip_buf buffer.
++ *
++ * \return The TCP checksum of the TCP segment in uip_buf and pointed
++ * to by uip_appdata.
++ */
++u16_t uip_tcpchksum(void);
++
++/** @} */
++
++#endif /* __UIP_ARCH_H__ */
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/uip-0.9/uip_arp.c
+@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
++/**
++ * \addtogroup uip
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * \defgroup uiparp uIP Address Resolution Protocol
++ * @{
++ * 
++ * The Address Resolution Protocol ARP is used for mapping between IP
++ * addresses and link level addresses such as the Ethernet MAC
++ * addresses. ARP uses broadcast queries to ask for the link level
++ * address of a known IP address and the host which is configured with
++ * the IP address for which the query was meant, will respond with its
++ * link level address.
++ *
++ * \note This ARP implementation only supports Ethernet.
++ */
++ 
++/**
++ * \file
++ * Implementation of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol.
++ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
++ *
++ */
++
++/*
++ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
++ * All rights reserved. 
++ *
++ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
++ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
++ * are met: 
++ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
++ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
++ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
++ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
++ *    products derived from this software without specific prior
++ *    written permission.  
++ *
++ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
++ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
++ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
++ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
++ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
++ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
++ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
++ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
++ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
++ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
++ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
++ *
++ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
++ *
++ * $Id: uip_arp.c,v 1.7.2.3 2003/10/06 22:42:30 adam Exp $
++ *
++ */
++
++
++#include "uip_arp.h"
++
++struct arp_hdr {
++  struct uip_eth_hdr ethhdr;
++  u16_t hwtype;
++  u16_t protocol;
++  u8_t hwlen;
++  u8_t protolen;
++  u16_t opcode;
++  struct uip_eth_addr shwaddr;
++  u16_t sipaddr[2];
++  struct uip_eth_addr dhwaddr;
++  u16_t dipaddr[2]; 
++};
++
++struct ethip_hdr {
++  struct uip_eth_hdr ethhdr;
++  /* IP header. */
++  u8_t vhl,
++    tos,          
++    len[2],       
++    ipid[2],        
++    ipoffset[2],  
++    ttl,          
++    proto;     
++  u16_t ipchksum;
++  u16_t srcipaddr[2], 
++    destipaddr[2];
++};
++
++#define ARP_REQUEST 1
++#define ARP_REPLY   2
++
++#define ARP_HWTYPE_ETH 1
++
++struct arp_entry {
++  u16_t ipaddr[2];
++  struct uip_eth_addr ethaddr;
++  u8_t time;
++};
++
++struct uip_eth_addr uip_ethaddr = {{UIP_ETHADDR0,
++				    UIP_ETHADDR1,
++				    UIP_ETHADDR2,
++				    UIP_ETHADDR3,
++				    UIP_ETHADDR4,
++				    UIP_ETHADDR5}};
++
++static struct arp_entry arp_table[UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE];
++static u16_t ipaddr[2];
++static u8_t i, c;
++
++static u8_t arptime;
++static u8_t tmpage;
++
++#define BUF   ((struct arp_hdr *)&uip_buf[0])
++#define IPBUF ((struct ethip_hdr *)&uip_buf[0])
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++/**
++ * Initialize the ARP module.
++ *
++ */
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++void
++uip_arp_init(void)
++{
++  for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
++    memset(arp_table[i].ipaddr, 0, 4);
++  }
++}
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++/**
++ * Periodic ARP processing function.
++ *
++ * This function performs periodic timer processing in the ARP module
++ * and should be called at regular intervals. The recommended interval
++ * is 10 seconds between the calls.
++ *
++ */
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++void
++uip_arp_timer(void)
++{
++  struct arp_entry *tabptr;
++  
++  ++arptime;
++  for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
++    tabptr = &arp_table[i];
++    if((tabptr->ipaddr[0] | tabptr->ipaddr[1]) != 0 &&
++       arptime - tabptr->time >= UIP_ARP_MAXAGE) {
++      memset(tabptr->ipaddr, 0, 4);
++    }
++  }
++
++}
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++static void
++uip_arp_update(u16_t *ipaddr, struct uip_eth_addr *ethaddr)
++{
++  register struct arp_entry *tabptr;
++  /* Walk through the ARP mapping table and try to find an entry to
++     update. If none is found, the IP -> MAC address mapping is
++     inserted in the ARP table. */
++  for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
++
++    tabptr = &arp_table[i];
++    /* Only check those entries that are actually in use. */
++    if(tabptr->ipaddr[0] != 0 &&
++       tabptr->ipaddr[1] != 0) {
++
++      /* Check if the source IP address of the incoming packet matches
++         the IP address in this ARP table entry. */
++      if(ipaddr[0] == tabptr->ipaddr[0] &&
++	 ipaddr[1] == tabptr->ipaddr[1]) {
++	 
++	/* An old entry found, update this and return. */
++	memcpy(tabptr->ethaddr.addr, ethaddr->addr, 6);
++	tabptr->time = arptime;
++
++	return;
++      }
++    }
++  }
++
++  /* If we get here, no existing ARP table entry was found, so we
++     create one. */
++
++  /* First, we try to find an unused entry in the ARP table. */
++  for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
++    tabptr = &arp_table[i];
++    if(tabptr->ipaddr[0] == 0 &&
++       tabptr->ipaddr[1] == 0) {
++      break;
++    }
++  }
++
++  /* If no unused entry is found, we try to find the oldest entry and
++     throw it away. */
++  if(i == UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE) {
++    tmpage = 0;
++    c = 0;
++    for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
++      tabptr = &arp_table[i];
++      if(arptime - tabptr->time > tmpage) {
++	tmpage = arptime - tabptr->time;
++	c = i;
++      }
++    }
++    i = c;
++  }
++
++  /* Now, i is the ARP table entry which we will fill with the new
++     information. */
++  memcpy(tabptr->ipaddr, ipaddr, 4);
++  memcpy(tabptr->ethaddr.addr, ethaddr->addr, 6);
++  tabptr->time = arptime;
++}
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++/**
++ * ARP processing for incoming IP packets
++ *
++ * This function should be called by the device driver when an IP
++ * packet has been received. The function will check if the address is
++ * in the ARP cache, and if so the ARP cache entry will be
++ * refreshed. If no ARP cache entry was found, a new one is created.
++ *
++ * This function expects an IP packet with a prepended Ethernet header
++ * in the uip_buf[] buffer, and the length of the packet in the global
++ * variable uip_len.
++ */
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++void
++uip_arp_ipin(void)
++{
++  uip_len -= sizeof(struct uip_eth_hdr);
++	
++  /* Only insert/update an entry if the source IP address of the
++     incoming IP packet comes from a host on the local network. */
++  if((IPBUF->srcipaddr[0] & uip_arp_netmask[0]) !=
++     (uip_hostaddr[0] & uip_arp_netmask[0])) {
++    return;
++  }
++  if((IPBUF->srcipaddr[1] & uip_arp_netmask[1]) !=
++     (uip_hostaddr[1] & uip_arp_netmask[1])) {
++    return;
++  }
++  uip_arp_update(IPBUF->srcipaddr, &(IPBUF->ethhdr.src));
++  
++  return;
++}
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++/**
++ * ARP processing for incoming ARP packets.
++ *
++ * This function should be called by the device driver when an ARP
++ * packet has been received. The function will act differently
++ * depending on the ARP packet type: if it is a reply for a request
++ * that we previously sent out, the ARP cache will be filled in with
++ * the values from the ARP reply. If the incoming ARP packet is an ARP
++ * request for our IP address, an ARP reply packet is created and put
++ * into the uip_buf[] buffer.
++ *
++ * When the function returns, the value of the global variable uip_len
++ * indicates whether the device driver should send out a packet or
++ * not. If uip_len is zero, no packet should be sent. If uip_len is
++ * non-zero, it contains the length of the outbound packet that is
++ * present in the uip_buf[] buffer.
++ *
++ * This function expects an ARP packet with a prepended Ethernet
++ * header in the uip_buf[] buffer, and the length of the packet in the
++ * global variable uip_len.
++ */
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++void
++uip_arp_arpin(void)
++{
++
++  if(uip_len < sizeof(struct arp_hdr)) {
++    uip_len = 0;
++    return;
++  }
++
++  uip_len = 0;
++
++  switch(BUF->opcode) {
++  case HTONS(ARP_REQUEST):
++    /* ARP request. If it asked for our address, we send out a
++       reply. */
++    if(BUF->dipaddr[0] == uip_hostaddr[0] &&
++       BUF->dipaddr[1] == uip_hostaddr[1]) {
++      /* The reply opcode is 2. */
++      BUF->opcode = HTONS(2);
++
++      memcpy(BUF->dhwaddr.addr, BUF->shwaddr.addr, 6);
++      memcpy(BUF->shwaddr.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
++      memcpy(BUF->ethhdr.src.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
++      memcpy(BUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, BUF->dhwaddr.addr, 6);
++      
++      BUF->dipaddr[0] = BUF->sipaddr[0];
++      BUF->dipaddr[1] = BUF->sipaddr[1];
++      BUF->sipaddr[0] = uip_hostaddr[0];
++      BUF->sipaddr[1] = uip_hostaddr[1];
++
++      BUF->ethhdr.type = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP);      
++      uip_len = sizeof(struct arp_hdr);
++    }      
++    break;
++  case HTONS(ARP_REPLY):
++    /* ARP reply. We insert or update the ARP table if it was meant
++       for us. */
++    if(BUF->dipaddr[0] == uip_hostaddr[0] &&
++       BUF->dipaddr[1] == uip_hostaddr[1]) {
++
++      uip_arp_update(BUF->sipaddr, &BUF->shwaddr);
++    }
++    break;
++  }
++
++  return;
++}
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++/**
++ * Prepend Ethernet header to an outbound IP packet and see if we need
++ * to send out an ARP request.
++ *
++ * This function should be called before sending out an IP packet. The
++ * function checks the destination IP address of the IP packet to see
++ * what Ethernet MAC address that should be used as a destination MAC
++ * address on the Ethernet.
++ *
++ * If the destination IP address is in the local network (determined
++ * by logical ANDing of netmask and our IP address), the function
++ * checks the ARP cache to see if an entry for the destination IP
++ * address is found. If so, an Ethernet header is prepended and the
++ * function returns. If no ARP cache entry is found for the
++ * destination IP address, the packet in the uip_buf[] is replaced by
++ * an ARP request packet for the IP address. The IP packet is dropped
++ * and it is assumed that they higher level protocols (e.g., TCP)
++ * eventually will retransmit the dropped packet.
++ *
++ * If the destination IP address is not on the local network, the IP
++ * address of the default router is used instead.
++ *
++ * When the function returns, a packet is present in the uip_buf[]
++ * buffer, and the length of the packet is in the global variable
++ * uip_len.
++ */
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++void
++uip_arp_out(void)
++{
++  struct arp_entry *tabptr;
++  /* Find the destination IP address in the ARP table and construct
++     the Ethernet header. If the destination IP addres isn't on the
++     local network, we use the default router's IP address instead.
++
++     If not ARP table entry is found, we overwrite the original IP
++     packet with an ARP request for the IP address. */
++
++  /* Check if the destination address is on the local network. */
++  if((IPBUF->destipaddr[0] & uip_arp_netmask[0]) !=
++     (uip_hostaddr[0] & uip_arp_netmask[0]) ||
++     (IPBUF->destipaddr[1] & uip_arp_netmask[1]) !=
++     (uip_hostaddr[1] & uip_arp_netmask[1])) {
++    /* Destination address was not on the local network, so we need to
++       use the default router's IP address instead of the destination
++       address when determining the MAC address. */
++    ipaddr[0] = uip_arp_draddr[0];
++    ipaddr[1] = uip_arp_draddr[1];
++  } else {
++    /* Else, we use the destination IP address. */
++    ipaddr[0] = IPBUF->destipaddr[0];
++    ipaddr[1] = IPBUF->destipaddr[1];
++  }
++      
++  for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
++    tabptr = &arp_table[i];
++    if(ipaddr[0] == tabptr->ipaddr[0] &&
++       ipaddr[1] == tabptr->ipaddr[1])
++      break;
++  }
++
++  if(i == UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE) {
++    /* The destination address was not in our ARP table, so we
++       overwrite the IP packet with an ARP request. */
++
++    memset(BUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, 0xff, 6);
++    memset(BUF->dhwaddr.addr, 0x00, 6);
++    memcpy(BUF->ethhdr.src.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
++    memcpy(BUF->shwaddr.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
++    
++    BUF->dipaddr[0] = ipaddr[0];
++    BUF->dipaddr[1] = ipaddr[1];
++    BUF->sipaddr[0] = uip_hostaddr[0];
++    BUF->sipaddr[1] = uip_hostaddr[1];
++    BUF->opcode = HTONS(ARP_REQUEST); /* ARP request. */
++    BUF->hwtype = HTONS(ARP_HWTYPE_ETH);
++    BUF->protocol = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP);
++    BUF->hwlen = 6;
++    BUF->protolen = 4;
++    BUF->ethhdr.type = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP);
++
++    uip_appdata = &uip_buf[40 + UIP_LLH_LEN];
++    
++    uip_len = sizeof(struct arp_hdr);
++    return;
++  }
++
++  /* Build an ethernet header. */
++  memcpy(IPBUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, tabptr->ethaddr.addr, 6);
++  memcpy(IPBUF->ethhdr.src.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
++  
++  IPBUF->ethhdr.type = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP);
++
++  uip_len += sizeof(struct uip_eth_hdr);
++}
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++
++/** @} */
++/** @} */
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/uip-0.9/uip_arp.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
++/**
++ * \addtogroup uip
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * \addtogroup uiparp 
++ * @{
++ */
++ 
++/**
++ * \file
++ * Macros and definitions for the ARP module.
++ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
++ */
++  
++
++/*
++ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
++ * All rights reserved. 
++ *
++ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
++ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
++ * are met: 
++ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
++ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
++ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
++ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
++ *    products derived from this software without specific prior
++ *    written permission.  
++ *
++ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
++ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
++ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
++ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
++ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
++ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
++ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
++ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
++ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
++ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
++ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
++ *
++ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
++ *
++ * $Id: uip_arp.h,v 1.3.2.2 2003/10/06 15:10:22 adam Exp $
++ *
++ */
++
++#ifndef __UIP_ARP_H__
++#define __UIP_ARP_H__
++
++#include "uip.h"
++
++
++/**
++ * Representation of a 48-bit Ethernet address.
++ */
++struct uip_eth_addr {
++  u8_t addr[6];
++};
++
++extern struct uip_eth_addr uip_ethaddr;
++
++/**
++ * The Ethernet header. 
++ */
++struct uip_eth_hdr {
++  struct uip_eth_addr dest;
++  struct uip_eth_addr src;
++  u16_t type;
++};
++
++#define UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP 0x0806
++#define UIP_ETHTYPE_IP  0x0800
++#define UIP_ETHTYPE_IP6 0x86dd 
++
++
++/* The uip_arp_init() function must be called before any of the other
++   ARP functions. */
++void uip_arp_init(void);
++
++/* The uip_arp_ipin() function should be called whenever an IP packet
++   arrives from the Ethernet. This function refreshes the ARP table or
++   inserts a new mapping if none exists. The function assumes that an
++   IP packet with an Ethernet header is present in the uip_buf buffer
++   and that the length of the packet is in the uip_len variable. */
++void uip_arp_ipin(void);
++
++/* The uip_arp_arpin() should be called when an ARP packet is received
++   by the Ethernet driver. This function also assumes that the
++   Ethernet frame is present in the uip_buf buffer. When the
++   uip_arp_arpin() function returns, the contents of the uip_buf
++   buffer should be sent out on the Ethernet if the uip_len variable
++   is > 0. */
++void uip_arp_arpin(void);
++
++/* The uip_arp_out() function should be called when an IP packet
++   should be sent out on the Ethernet. This function creates an
++   Ethernet header before the IP header in the uip_buf buffer. The
++   Ethernet header will have the correct Ethernet MAC destination
++   address filled in if an ARP table entry for the destination IP
++   address (or the IP address of the default router) is present. If no
++   such table entry is found, the IP packet is overwritten with an ARP
++   request and we rely on TCP to retransmit the packet that was
++   overwritten. In any case, the uip_len variable holds the length of
++   the Ethernet frame that should be transmitted. */
++void uip_arp_out(void);
++
++/* The uip_arp_timer() function should be called every ten seconds. It
++   is responsible for flushing old entries in the ARP table. */
++void uip_arp_timer(void);
++
++/** @} */
++
++/**
++ * \addtogroup uipconffunc
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Set the default router's IP address.
++ *
++ * \param addr A pointer to a 4-byte array containing the IP address
++ * of the default router.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_setdraddr(addr) do { uip_arp_draddr[0] = addr[0]; \
++                                 uip_arp_draddr[1] = addr[1]; } while(0)
++
++/**
++ * Set the netmask.
++ *
++ * \param addr A pointer to a 4-byte array containing the IP address
++ * of the netmask.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_setnetmask(addr) do { uip_arp_netmask[0] = addr[0]; \
++                                  uip_arp_netmask[1] = addr[1]; } while(0)
++
++
++/**
++ * Get the default router's IP address.
++ *
++ * \param addr A pointer to a 4-byte array that will be filled in with
++ * the IP address of the default router.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_getdraddr(addr) do { addr[0] = uip_arp_draddr[0]; \
++                                 addr[1] = uip_arp_draddr[1]; } while(0)
++
++/**
++ * Get the netmask.
++ *
++ * \param addr A pointer to a 4-byte array that will be filled in with
++ * the value of the netmask.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_getnetmask(addr) do { addr[0] = uip_arp_netmask[0]; \
++                                  addr[1] = uip_arp_netmask[1]; } while(0)
++
++
++/**
++ * Specifiy the Ethernet MAC address.
++ *
++ * The ARP code needs to know the MAC address of the Ethernet card in
++ * order to be able to respond to ARP queries and to generate working
++ * Ethernet headers.
++ *
++ * \note This macro only specifies the Ethernet MAC address to the ARP
++ * code. It cannot be used to change the MAC address of the Ethernet
++ * card.
++ *
++ * \param eaddr A pointer to a struct uip_eth_addr containing the
++ * Ethernet MAC address of the Ethernet card.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_setethaddr(eaddr) do {uip_ethaddr.addr[0] = eaddr.addr[0]; \
++                              uip_ethaddr.addr[1] = eaddr.addr[1];\
++                              uip_ethaddr.addr[2] = eaddr.addr[2];\
++                              uip_ethaddr.addr[3] = eaddr.addr[3];\
++                              uip_ethaddr.addr[4] = eaddr.addr[4];\
++                              uip_ethaddr.addr[5] = eaddr.addr[5];} while(0)
++
++/** @} */
++
++/**
++ * \internal Internal variables that are set using the macros
++ * uip_setdraddr and uip_setnetmask.
++ */
++extern u16_t uip_arp_draddr[2], uip_arp_netmask[2];
++#endif /* __UIP_ARP_H__ */
++
++
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/uip-0.9/uip.c
+@@ -0,0 +1,1503 @@
++/**
++ * \addtogroup uip
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * \file
++ * The uIP TCP/IP stack code.
++ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
++ */
++
++/*
++ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
++ * All rights reserved. 
++ *
++ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
++ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
++ * are met: 
++ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
++ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
++ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
++ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
++ *    products derived from this software without specific prior
++ *    written permission.  
++ *
++ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
++ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
++ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
++ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
++ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
++ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
++ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
++ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
++ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
++ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
++ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
++ *
++ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
++ *
++ * $Id: uip.c,v 1.62.2.10 2003/10/07 13:23:01 adam Exp $
++ *
++ */
++
++/*
++This is a small implementation of the IP and TCP protocols (as well as
++some basic ICMP stuff). The implementation couples the IP, TCP and the
++application layers very tightly. To keep the size of the compiled code
++down, this code also features heavy usage of the goto statement.
++
++The principle is that we have a small buffer, called the uip_buf, in
++which the device driver puts an incoming packet. The TCP/IP stack
++parses the headers in the packet, and calls upon the application. If
++the remote host has sent data to the application, this data is present
++in the uip_buf and the application read the data from there. It is up
++to the application to put this data into a byte stream if needed. The
++application will not be fed with data that is out of sequence.
++
++If the application whishes to send data to the peer, it should put its
++data into the uip_buf, 40 bytes from the start of the buffer. The
++TCP/IP stack will calculate the checksums, and fill in the necessary
++header fields and finally send the packet back to the peer.
++*/
++
++#include "uip.h"
++#include "uipopt.h"
++#include "uip_arch.h"
++
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++/* Variable definitions. */
++
++
++/* The IP address of this host. If it is defined to be fixed (by setting UIP_FIXEDADDR to 1 in uipopt.h), the address is set here. Otherwise, the address */
++#if UIP_FIXEDADDR > 0
++const unsigned short int uip_hostaddr[2] =
++  {HTONS((UIP_IPADDR0 << 8) | UIP_IPADDR1),
++   HTONS((UIP_IPADDR2 << 8) | UIP_IPADDR3)};
++const unsigned short int uip_arp_draddr[2] =
++  {HTONS((UIP_DRIPADDR0 << 8) | UIP_DRIPADDR1),
++   HTONS((UIP_DRIPADDR2 << 8) | UIP_DRIPADDR3)};
++const unsigned short int uip_arp_netmask[2] =
++  {HTONS((UIP_NETMASK0 << 8) | UIP_NETMASK1),
++   HTONS((UIP_NETMASK2 << 8) | UIP_NETMASK3)};
++#else
++unsigned short int uip_hostaddr[2];       
++unsigned short int uip_arp_draddr[2], uip_arp_netmask[2];
++#endif /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */
++
++u8_t uip_buf[UIP_BUFSIZE+2];   /* The packet buffer that contains
++				incoming packets. */
++volatile u8_t *uip_appdata;  /* The uip_appdata pointer points to
++				application data. */
++volatile u8_t *uip_sappdata;  /* The uip_appdata pointer points to the
++				 application data which is to be sent. */
++#if UIP_URGDATA > 0
++volatile u8_t *uip_urgdata;  /* The uip_urgdata pointer points to
++				urgent data (out-of-band data), if
++				present. */
++volatile u8_t uip_urglen, uip_surglen;
++#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */
++
++volatile unsigned short int uip_len, uip_slen;
++                             /* The uip_len is either 8 or 16 bits,
++				depending on the maximum packet
++				size. */
++
++volatile u8_t uip_flags;     /* The uip_flags variable is used for
++				communication between the TCP/IP stack
++				and the application program. */
++struct uip_conn *uip_conn;   /* uip_conn always points to the current
++				connection. */
++
++struct uip_conn uip_conns[UIP_CONNS];
++                             /* The uip_conns array holds all TCP
++				connections. */
++unsigned short int uip_listenports[UIP_LISTENPORTS];
++                             /* The uip_listenports list all currently
++				listning ports. */
++#if UIP_UDP
++struct uip_udp_conn *uip_udp_conn;
++struct uip_udp_conn uip_udp_conns[UIP_UDP_CONNS];
++#endif /* UIP_UDP */
++
++
++static unsigned short int ipid;           /* Ths ipid variable is an increasing
++				number that is used for the IP ID
++				field. */
++
++static u8_t iss[4];          /* The iss variable is used for the TCP
++				initial sequence number. */
++
++#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
++static unsigned short int lastport;       /* Keeps track of the last port used for
++				a new connection. */
++#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
++
++/* Temporary variables. */
++volatile u8_t uip_acc32[4];
++static u8_t c, opt;
++static unsigned short int tmp16;
++
++/* Structures and definitions. */
++#define TCP_FIN 0x01
++#define TCP_SYN 0x02
++#define TCP_RST 0x04
++#define TCP_PSH 0x08
++#define TCP_ACK 0x10
++#define TCP_URG 0x20
++#define TCP_CTL 0x3f
++
++#define ICMP_ECHO_REPLY 0
++#define ICMP_ECHO       8     
++
++/* Macros. */
++#define BUF ((uip_tcpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN])
++#define FBUF ((uip_tcpip_hdr *)&uip_reassbuf[0])
++#define ICMPBUF ((uip_icmpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN])
++#define UDPBUF ((uip_udpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN])
++
++#if UIP_STATISTICS == 1
++struct uip_stats uip_stat;
++#define UIP_STAT(s) s
++#else
++#define UIP_STAT(s)
++#endif /* UIP_STATISTICS == 1 */
++
++#if UIP_LOGGING == 1
++extern void puts(const char *s);
++#define UIP_LOG(m) puts(m)
++#else
++#define UIP_LOG(m)
++#endif /* UIP_LOGGING == 1 */
++
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++void
++uip_init(void)
++{
++  for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) {
++    uip_listenports[c] = 0;
++  }
++  for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) {
++    uip_conns[c].tcpstateflags = CLOSED;
++  }
++#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
++  lastport = 1024;
++#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
++
++#if UIP_UDP
++  for(c = 0; c < UIP_UDP_CONNS; ++c) {
++    uip_udp_conns[c].lport = 0;
++  }
++#endif /* UIP_UDP */
++  
++
++  /* IPv4 initialization. */
++#if UIP_FIXEDADDR == 0
++  uip_hostaddr[0] = uip_hostaddr[1] = 0;
++#endif /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */
++
++}
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
++struct uip_conn *
++uip_connect(unsigned short int *ripaddr, unsigned short int rport)
++{
++  register struct uip_conn *conn, *cconn;
++  
++  /* Find an unused local port. */
++ again:
++  ++lastport;
++
++  if(lastport >= 32000) {
++    lastport = 4096;
++  }
++
++  /* Check if this port is already in use, and if so try to find
++     another one. */
++  for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) {
++    conn = &uip_conns[c];
++    if(conn->tcpstateflags != CLOSED &&
++       conn->lport == htons(lastport)) {
++      goto again;
++    }
++  }
++
++
++  conn = 0;
++  for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) {
++    cconn = &uip_conns[c]; 
++    if(cconn->tcpstateflags == CLOSED) {
++      conn = cconn;
++      break;
++    }
++    if(cconn->tcpstateflags == TIME_WAIT) {
++      if(conn == 0 ||
++	 cconn->timer > uip_conn->timer) {
++	conn = cconn;
++      }
++    }
++  }
++
++  if(conn == 0) {
++    return 0;
++  }
++  
++  conn->tcpstateflags = SYN_SENT;
++
++  conn->snd_nxt[0] = iss[0];
++  conn->snd_nxt[1] = iss[1];
++  conn->snd_nxt[2] = iss[2];
++  conn->snd_nxt[3] = iss[3];
++
++  conn->initialmss = conn->mss = UIP_TCP_MSS;
++  
++  conn->len = 1;   /* TCP length of the SYN is one. */
++  conn->nrtx = 0;
++  conn->timer = 1; /* Send the SYN next time around. */
++  conn->rto = UIP_RTO;
++  conn->sa = 0;
++  conn->sv = 16;
++  conn->lport = htons(lastport);
++  conn->rport = rport;
++  conn->ripaddr[0] = ripaddr[0];
++  conn->ripaddr[1] = ripaddr[1];
++  
++  return conn;
++}
++#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++#if UIP_UDP
++struct uip_udp_conn *
++uip_udp_new(unsigned short int *ripaddr, unsigned short int rport)
++{
++  register struct uip_udp_conn *conn;
++  
++  /* Find an unused local port. */
++ again:
++  ++lastport;
++
++  if(lastport >= 32000) {
++    lastport = 4096;
++  }
++  
++  for(c = 0; c < UIP_UDP_CONNS; ++c) {
++    if(uip_udp_conns[c].lport == lastport) {
++      goto again;
++    }
++  }
++
++
++  conn = 0;
++  for(c = 0; c < UIP_UDP_CONNS; ++c) {
++    if(uip_udp_conns[c].lport == 0) {
++      conn = &uip_udp_conns[c]; 
++      break;
++    }
++  }
++
++  if(conn == 0) {
++    return 0;
++  }
++  
++  conn->lport = HTONS(lastport);
++  conn->rport = HTONS(rport);
++  conn->ripaddr[0] = ripaddr[0];
++  conn->ripaddr[1] = ripaddr[1];
++  
++  return conn;
++}
++#endif /* UIP_UDP */
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++void
++uip_unlisten(unsigned short int port)
++{
++  for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) {
++    if(uip_listenports[c] == port) {
++      uip_listenports[c] = 0;
++      return;
++    }
++  }
++}
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++void
++uip_listen(unsigned short int port)
++{
++  for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) {
++    if(uip_listenports[c] == 0) {
++      uip_listenports[c] = port;
++      return;
++    }
++  }
++}
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++/* XXX: IP fragment reassembly: not well-tested. */
++
++#if UIP_REASSEMBLY
++#define UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE (UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN)
++static u8_t uip_reassbuf[UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE];
++static u8_t uip_reassbitmap[UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE / (8 * 8)];
++static const u8_t bitmap_bits[8] = {0xff, 0x7f, 0x3f, 0x1f,
++				    0x0f, 0x07, 0x03, 0x01};
++static unsigned short int uip_reasslen;
++static u8_t uip_reassflags;
++#define UIP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG 0x01
++static u8_t uip_reasstmr;
++
++#define IP_HLEN 20
++#define IP_MF   0x20
++
++static u8_t
++uip_reass(void)
++{
++  unsigned short int offset, len;
++  unsigned short int i;
++
++  /* If ip_reasstmr is zero, no packet is present in the buffer, so we
++     write the IP header of the fragment into the reassembly
++     buffer. The timer is updated with the maximum age. */
++  if(uip_reasstmr == 0) {
++    memcpy(uip_reassbuf, &BUF->vhl, IP_HLEN);
++    uip_reasstmr = UIP_REASS_MAXAGE;
++    uip_reassflags = 0;
++    /* Clear the bitmap. */
++    memset(uip_reassbitmap, sizeof(uip_reassbitmap), 0);
++  }
++
++  /* Check if the incoming fragment matches the one currently present
++     in the reasembly buffer. If so, we proceed with copying the
++     fragment into the buffer. */
++  if(BUF->srcipaddr[0] == FBUF->srcipaddr[0] &&
++     BUF->srcipaddr[1] == FBUF->srcipaddr[1] &&
++     BUF->destipaddr[0] == FBUF->destipaddr[0] &&
++     BUF->destipaddr[1] == FBUF->destipaddr[1] &&
++     BUF->ipid[0] == FBUF->ipid[0] &&
++     BUF->ipid[1] == FBUF->ipid[1]) {
++
++    len = (BUF->len[0] << 8) + BUF->len[1] - (BUF->vhl & 0x0f) * 4;
++    offset = (((BUF->ipoffset[0] & 0x3f) << 8) + BUF->ipoffset[1]) * 8;
++
++    /* If the offset or the offset + fragment length overflows the
++       reassembly buffer, we discard the entire packet. */
++    if(offset > UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE ||
++       offset + len > UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE) {
++      uip_reasstmr = 0;
++      goto nullreturn;
++    }
++
++    /* Copy the fragment into the reassembly buffer, at the right
++       offset. */
++    memcpy(&uip_reassbuf[IP_HLEN + offset],
++	   (char *)BUF + (int)((BUF->vhl & 0x0f) * 4),
++	   len);
++      
++    /* Update the bitmap. */
++    if(offset / (8 * 8) == (offset + len) / (8 * 8)) {
++      /* If the two endpoints are in the same byte, we only update
++	 that byte. */
++	     
++      uip_reassbitmap[offset / (8 * 8)] |=
++	     bitmap_bits[(offset / 8 ) & 7] &
++	     ~bitmap_bits[((offset + len) / 8 ) & 7];
++    } else {
++      /* If the two endpoints are in different bytes, we update the
++	 bytes in the endpoints and fill the stuff inbetween with
++	 0xff. */
++      uip_reassbitmap[offset / (8 * 8)] |=
++	bitmap_bits[(offset / 8 ) & 7];
++      for(i = 1 + offset / (8 * 8); i < (offset + len) / (8 * 8); ++i) {
++	uip_reassbitmap[i] = 0xff;
++      }      
++      uip_reassbitmap[(offset + len) / (8 * 8)] |=
++	~bitmap_bits[((offset + len) / 8 ) & 7];
++    }
++    
++    /* If this fragment has the More Fragments flag set to zero, we
++       know that this is the last fragment, so we can calculate the
++       size of the entire packet. We also set the
++       IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG flag to indicate that we have received
++       the final fragment. */
++
++    if((BUF->ipoffset[0] & IP_MF) == 0) {
++      uip_reassflags |= UIP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG;
++      uip_reasslen = offset + len;
++    }
++    
++    /* Finally, we check if we have a full packet in the buffer. We do
++       this by checking if we have the last fragment and if all bits
++       in the bitmap are set. */
++    if(uip_reassflags & UIP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG) {
++      /* Check all bytes up to and including all but the last byte in
++	 the bitmap. */
++      for(i = 0; i < uip_reasslen / (8 * 8) - 1; ++i) {
++	if(uip_reassbitmap[i] != 0xff) {
++	  goto nullreturn;
++	}
++      }
++      /* Check the last byte in the bitmap. It should contain just the
++	 right amount of bits. */
++      if(uip_reassbitmap[uip_reasslen / (8 * 8)] !=
++	 (u8_t)~bitmap_bits[uip_reasslen / 8 & 7]) {
++	goto nullreturn;
++      }
++
++      /* If we have come this far, we have a full packet in the
++	 buffer, so we allocate a pbuf and copy the packet into it. We
++	 also reset the timer. */
++      uip_reasstmr = 0;
++      memcpy(BUF, FBUF, uip_reasslen);
++
++      /* Pretend to be a "normal" (i.e., not fragmented) IP packet
++	 from now on. */
++      BUF->ipoffset[0] = BUF->ipoffset[1] = 0;
++      BUF->len[0] = uip_reasslen >> 8;
++      BUF->len[1] = uip_reasslen & 0xff;
++      BUF->ipchksum = 0;
++      BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum());
++
++      return uip_reasslen;
++    }
++  }
++
++ nullreturn:
++  return 0;
++}
++#endif /* UIP_REASSEMBL */
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++static void
++uip_add_rcv_nxt(unsigned short int n)
++{
++  uip_add32(uip_conn->rcv_nxt, n);
++  uip_conn->rcv_nxt[0] = uip_acc32[0];
++  uip_conn->rcv_nxt[1] = uip_acc32[1];
++  uip_conn->rcv_nxt[2] = uip_acc32[2];
++  uip_conn->rcv_nxt[3] = uip_acc32[3];
++}
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++void
++uip_process(u8_t flag)
++{
++  register struct uip_conn *uip_connr = uip_conn;
++  
++  uip_appdata = &uip_buf[40 + UIP_LLH_LEN];
++
++  
++  /* Check if we were invoked because of the perodic timer fireing. */
++  if(flag == UIP_TIMER) {
++#if UIP_REASSEMBLY
++    if(uip_reasstmr != 0) {
++      --uip_reasstmr;
++    }
++#endif /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */
++    /* Increase the initial sequence number. */
++    if(++iss[3] == 0) {
++      if(++iss[2] == 0) {
++	if(++iss[1] == 0) {
++	  ++iss[0];
++	}
++      }
++    }    
++    uip_len = 0;
++    if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags == TIME_WAIT ||
++       uip_connr->tcpstateflags == FIN_WAIT_2) {
++      ++(uip_connr->timer);
++      if(uip_connr->timer == UIP_TIME_WAIT_TIMEOUT) {
++	uip_connr->tcpstateflags = CLOSED;
++      }
++    } else if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags != CLOSED) {
++      /* If the connection has outstanding data, we increase the
++	 connection's timer and see if it has reached the RTO value
++	 in which case we retransmit. */
++      if(uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) {
++	if(uip_connr->timer-- == 0) {
++	  if(uip_connr->nrtx == UIP_MAXRTX ||
++	     ((uip_connr->tcpstateflags == SYN_SENT ||
++	       uip_connr->tcpstateflags == SYN_RCVD) &&
++	      uip_connr->nrtx == UIP_MAXSYNRTX)) {
++	    uip_connr->tcpstateflags = CLOSED;
++
++	    /* We call UIP_APPCALL() with uip_flags set to
++	       UIP_TIMEDOUT to inform the application that the
++	       connection has timed out. */
++	    uip_flags = UIP_TIMEDOUT;
++	    UIP_APPCALL();
++
++	    /* We also send a reset packet to the remote host. */
++	    BUF->flags = TCP_RST | TCP_ACK;
++	    goto tcp_send_nodata;
++	  }
++
++	  /* Exponential backoff. */
++	  uip_connr->timer = UIP_RTO << (uip_connr->nrtx > 4?
++					 4:
++					 uip_connr->nrtx);
++	  ++(uip_connr->nrtx);
++	  
++	  /* Ok, so we need to retransmit. We do this differently
++	     depending on which state we are in. In ESTABLISHED, we
++	     call upon the application so that it may prepare the
++	     data for the retransmit. In SYN_RCVD, we resend the
++	     SYNACK that we sent earlier and in LAST_ACK we have to
++	     retransmit our FINACK. */
++	  UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.rexmit);
++	  switch(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & TS_MASK) {
++	  case SYN_RCVD:
++	    /* In the SYN_RCVD state, we should retransmit our
++               SYNACK. */
++	    goto tcp_send_synack;
++	    
++#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
++	  case SYN_SENT:
++	    /* In the SYN_SENT state, we retransmit out SYN. */
++	    BUF->flags = 0;
++	    goto tcp_send_syn;
++#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
++	    
++	  case ESTABLISHED:
++	    /* In the ESTABLISHED state, we call upon the application
++               to do the actual retransmit after which we jump into
++               the code for sending out the packet (the apprexmit
++               label). */
++	    uip_len = 0;
++	    uip_slen = 0;
++	    uip_flags = UIP_REXMIT;
++	    UIP_APPCALL();
++	    goto apprexmit;
++	    
++	  case FIN_WAIT_1:
++	  case CLOSING:
++	  case LAST_ACK:
++	    /* In all these states we should retransmit a FINACK. */
++	    goto tcp_send_finack;
++	    
++	  }
++	}
++      } else if((uip_connr->tcpstateflags & TS_MASK) == ESTABLISHED) {
++	/* If there was no need for a retransmission, we poll the
++           application for new data. */
++	uip_len = 0;
++	uip_slen = 0;
++	uip_flags = UIP_POLL;
++	UIP_APPCALL();
++	goto appsend;
++      }
++    }
++    goto drop;
++  }
++#if UIP_UDP 
++  if(flag == UIP_UDP_TIMER) {
++    if(uip_udp_conn->lport != 0) {
++      uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + 28];
++      uip_len = uip_slen = 0;
++      uip_flags = UIP_POLL;
++      UIP_UDP_APPCALL();
++      goto udp_send;
++    } else {
++      goto drop;
++    }
++  }
++#endif
++
++  /* This is where the input processing starts. */
++  UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.recv);
++
++
++  /* Start of IPv4 input header processing code. */
++  
++  /* Check validity of the IP header. */  
++  if(BUF->vhl != 0x45)  { /* IP version and header length. */
++    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
++    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.vhlerr);
++    UIP_LOG("ip: invalid version or header length.");
++    goto drop;
++  }
++  
++  /* Check the size of the packet. If the size reported to us in
++     uip_len doesn't match the size reported in the IP header, there
++     has been a transmission error and we drop the packet. */
++  
++  if(BUF->len[0] != (uip_len >> 8)) { /* IP length, high byte. */
++    uip_len = (uip_len & 0xff) | (BUF->len[0] << 8);
++  }
++  if(BUF->len[1] != (uip_len & 0xff)) { /* IP length, low byte. */
++    uip_len = (uip_len & 0xff00) | BUF->len[1];
++  }
++
++  /* Check the fragment flag. */
++  if((BUF->ipoffset[0] & 0x3f) != 0 ||
++     BUF->ipoffset[1] != 0) { 
++#if UIP_REASSEMBLY
++    uip_len = uip_reass();
++    if(uip_len == 0) {
++      goto drop;
++    }
++#else
++    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
++    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.fragerr);
++    UIP_LOG("ip: fragment dropped.");    
++    goto drop;
++#endif /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */
++  }
++
++  /* If we are configured to use ping IP address configuration and
++     hasn't been assigned an IP address yet, we accept all ICMP
++     packets. */
++#if UIP_PINGADDRCONF
++  if((uip_hostaddr[0] | uip_hostaddr[1]) == 0) {
++    if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_ICMP) {
++      UIP_LOG("ip: possible ping config packet received.");
++      goto icmp_input;
++    } else {
++      UIP_LOG("ip: packet dropped since no address assigned.");
++      goto drop;
++    }
++  }
++#endif /* UIP_PINGADDRCONF */
++  
++  /* Check if the packet is destined for our IP address. */  
++  if(BUF->destipaddr[0] != uip_hostaddr[0]) {
++    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
++    UIP_LOG("ip: packet not for us.");        
++    goto drop;
++  }
++  if(BUF->destipaddr[1] != uip_hostaddr[1]) {
++    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
++    UIP_LOG("ip: packet not for us.");        
++    goto drop;
++  }
++
++  if(uip_ipchksum() != 0xffff) { /* Compute and check the IP header
++				    checksum. */
++    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
++    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.chkerr);
++    UIP_LOG("ip: bad checksum.");    
++    goto drop;
++  }
++
++  if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_TCP)  /* Check for TCP packet. If so, jump
++                                     to the tcp_input label. */
++    goto tcp_input;
++
++#if UIP_UDP
++  if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_UDP)
++    goto udp_input;
++#endif /* UIP_UDP */
++
++  if(BUF->proto != UIP_PROTO_ICMP) { /* We only allow ICMP packets from
++					here. */
++    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
++    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.protoerr);
++    UIP_LOG("ip: neither tcp nor icmp.");        
++    goto drop;
++  }
++  
++ //icmp_input:
++  UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.recv);
++  
++  /* ICMP echo (i.e., ping) processing. This is simple, we only change
++     the ICMP type from ECHO to ECHO_REPLY and adjust the ICMP
++     checksum before we return the packet. */
++  if(ICMPBUF->type != ICMP_ECHO) {
++    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.drop);
++    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.typeerr);
++    UIP_LOG("icmp: not icmp echo.");
++    goto drop;
++  }
++
++  /* If we are configured to use ping IP address assignment, we use
++     the destination IP address of this ping packet and assign it to
++     ourself. */
++#if UIP_PINGADDRCONF
++  if((uip_hostaddr[0] | uip_hostaddr[1]) == 0) {
++    uip_hostaddr[0] = BUF->destipaddr[0];
++    uip_hostaddr[1] = BUF->destipaddr[1];
++  }
++#endif /* UIP_PINGADDRCONF */  
++  
++  ICMPBUF->type = ICMP_ECHO_REPLY;
++  
++  if(ICMPBUF->icmpchksum >= HTONS(0xffff - (ICMP_ECHO << 8))) {
++    ICMPBUF->icmpchksum += HTONS(ICMP_ECHO << 8) + 1;
++  } else {
++    ICMPBUF->icmpchksum += HTONS(ICMP_ECHO << 8);
++  }
++  
++  /* Swap IP addresses. */
++  tmp16 = BUF->destipaddr[0];
++  BUF->destipaddr[0] = BUF->srcipaddr[0];
++  BUF->srcipaddr[0] = tmp16;
++  tmp16 = BUF->destipaddr[1];
++  BUF->destipaddr[1] = BUF->srcipaddr[1];
++  BUF->srcipaddr[1] = tmp16;
++
++  UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.sent);
++  goto send;
++
++  /* End of IPv4 input header processing code. */
++  
++
++#if UIP_UDP
++  /* UDP input processing. */
++ udp_input:
++  /* UDP processing is really just a hack. We don't do anything to the
++     UDP/IP headers, but let the UDP application do all the hard
++     work. If the application sets uip_slen, it has a packet to
++     send. */
++#if UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS
++  if(uip_udpchksum() != 0xffff) { 
++    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.udp.drop);
++    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.udp.chkerr);
++    UIP_LOG("udp: bad checksum.");    
++    goto drop;
++  }  
++#endif /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */
++
++  /* Demultiplex this UDP packet between the UDP "connections". */
++  for(uip_udp_conn = &uip_udp_conns[0];
++      uip_udp_conn < &uip_udp_conns[UIP_UDP_CONNS];
++      ++uip_udp_conn) {
++    if(uip_udp_conn->lport != 0 &&
++       UDPBUF->destport == uip_udp_conn->lport &&
++       (uip_udp_conn->rport == 0 ||
++        UDPBUF->srcport == uip_udp_conn->rport) &&
++       BUF->srcipaddr[0] == uip_udp_conn->ripaddr[0] &&
++       BUF->srcipaddr[1] == uip_udp_conn->ripaddr[1]) {
++      goto udp_found; 
++    }
++  }
++  goto drop;
++  
++ udp_found:
++  uip_len = uip_len - 28;
++  uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + 28];
++  uip_flags = UIP_NEWDATA;
++  uip_slen = 0;
++  UIP_UDP_APPCALL();
++ udp_send:
++  if(uip_slen == 0) {
++    goto drop;      
++  }
++  uip_len = uip_slen + 28;
++
++  BUF->len[0] = (uip_len >> 8);
++  BUF->len[1] = (uip_len & 0xff);
++  
++  BUF->proto = UIP_PROTO_UDP;
++
++  UDPBUF->udplen = HTONS(uip_slen + 8);
++  UDPBUF->udpchksum = 0;
++#if UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS 
++  /* Calculate UDP checksum. */
++  UDPBUF->udpchksum = ~(uip_udpchksum());
++  if(UDPBUF->udpchksum == 0) {
++    UDPBUF->udpchksum = 0xffff;
++  }
++#endif /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */
++
++  BUF->srcport  = uip_udp_conn->lport;
++  BUF->destport = uip_udp_conn->rport;
++
++  BUF->srcipaddr[0] = uip_hostaddr[0];
++  BUF->srcipaddr[1] = uip_hostaddr[1];
++  BUF->destipaddr[0] = uip_udp_conn->ripaddr[0];
++  BUF->destipaddr[1] = uip_udp_conn->ripaddr[1];
++ 
++  uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + 40];
++  goto ip_send_nolen;
++#endif /* UIP_UDP */
++  
++  /* TCP input processing. */  
++ tcp_input:
++  UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.recv);
++
++  /* Start of TCP input header processing code. */
++  
++  if(uip_tcpchksum() != 0xffff) {   /* Compute and check the TCP
++				       checksum. */
++    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.drop);
++    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.chkerr);
++    UIP_LOG("tcp: bad checksum.");    
++    goto drop;
++  }
++  
++  /* Demultiplex this segment. */
++  /* First check any active connections. */
++  for(uip_connr = &uip_conns[0]; uip_connr < &uip_conns[UIP_CONNS]; ++uip_connr) {
++    if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags != CLOSED &&
++       BUF->destport == uip_connr->lport &&
++       BUF->srcport == uip_connr->rport &&
++       BUF->srcipaddr[0] == uip_connr->ripaddr[0] &&
++       BUF->srcipaddr[1] == uip_connr->ripaddr[1]) {
++      goto found;    
++    }
++  }
++
++  /* If we didn't find and active connection that expected the packet,
++     either this packet is an old duplicate, or this is a SYN packet
++     destined for a connection in LISTEN. If the SYN flag isn't set,
++     it is an old packet and we send a RST. */
++  if((BUF->flags & TCP_CTL) != TCP_SYN)
++    goto reset;
++  
++  tmp16 = BUF->destport;
++  /* Next, check listening connections. */  
++  for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) {
++    if(tmp16 == uip_listenports[c])
++      goto found_listen;
++  }
++  
++  /* No matching connection found, so we send a RST packet. */
++  UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.synrst);
++ reset:
++
++  /* We do not send resets in response to resets. */
++  if(BUF->flags & TCP_RST) 
++    goto drop;
++
++  UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.rst);
++  
++  BUF->flags = TCP_RST | TCP_ACK;
++  uip_len = 40;
++  BUF->tcpoffset = 5 << 4;
++
++  /* Flip the seqno and ackno fields in the TCP header. */
++  c = BUF->seqno[3];
++  BUF->seqno[3] = BUF->ackno[3];  
++  BUF->ackno[3] = c;
++  
++  c = BUF->seqno[2];
++  BUF->seqno[2] = BUF->ackno[2];  
++  BUF->ackno[2] = c;
++  
++  c = BUF->seqno[1];
++  BUF->seqno[1] = BUF->ackno[1];
++  BUF->ackno[1] = c;
++  
++  c = BUF->seqno[0];
++  BUF->seqno[0] = BUF->ackno[0];  
++  BUF->ackno[0] = c;
++
++  /* We also have to increase the sequence number we are
++     acknowledging. If the least significant byte overflowed, we need
++     to propagate the carry to the other bytes as well. */
++  if(++BUF->ackno[3] == 0) {
++    if(++BUF->ackno[2] == 0) {
++      if(++BUF->ackno[1] == 0) {
++	++BUF->ackno[0];
++      }
++    }
++  }
++ 
++  /* Swap port numbers. */
++  tmp16 = BUF->srcport;
++  BUF->srcport = BUF->destport;
++  BUF->destport = tmp16;
++  
++  /* Swap IP addresses. */
++  tmp16 = BUF->destipaddr[0];
++  BUF->destipaddr[0] = BUF->srcipaddr[0];
++  BUF->srcipaddr[0] = tmp16;
++  tmp16 = BUF->destipaddr[1];
++  BUF->destipaddr[1] = BUF->srcipaddr[1];
++  BUF->srcipaddr[1] = tmp16;
++
++  
++  /* And send out the RST packet! */
++  goto tcp_send_noconn;
++
++  /* This label will be jumped to if we matched the incoming packet
++     with a connection in LISTEN. In that case, we should create a new
++     connection and send a SYNACK in return. */
++ found_listen:
++  /* First we check if there are any connections avaliable. Unused
++     connections are kept in the same table as used connections, but
++     unused ones have the tcpstate set to CLOSED. Also, connections in
++     TIME_WAIT are kept track of and we'll use the oldest one if no
++     CLOSED connections are found. Thanks to Eddie C. Dost for a very
++     nice algorithm for the TIME_WAIT search. */
++  uip_connr = 0;
++  for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) {
++    if(uip_conns[c].tcpstateflags == CLOSED) {
++      uip_connr = &uip_conns[c];
++      break;
++    }
++    if(uip_conns[c].tcpstateflags == TIME_WAIT) {
++      if(uip_connr == 0 ||
++	 uip_conns[c].timer > uip_connr->timer) {
++	uip_connr = &uip_conns[c];
++      }
++    }
++  }
++
++  if(uip_connr == 0) {
++    /* All connections are used already, we drop packet and hope that
++       the remote end will retransmit the packet at a time when we
++       have more spare connections. */
++    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.syndrop);
++    UIP_LOG("tcp: found no unused connections.");
++    goto drop;
++  }
++  uip_conn = uip_connr;
++  
++  /* Fill in the necessary fields for the new connection. */
++  uip_connr->rto = uip_connr->timer = UIP_RTO;
++  uip_connr->sa = 0;
++  uip_connr->sv = 4;  
++  uip_connr->nrtx = 0;
++  uip_connr->lport = BUF->destport;
++  uip_connr->rport = BUF->srcport;
++  uip_connr->ripaddr[0] = BUF->srcipaddr[0];
++  uip_connr->ripaddr[1] = BUF->srcipaddr[1];
++  uip_connr->tcpstateflags = SYN_RCVD;
++
++  uip_connr->snd_nxt[0] = iss[0];
++  uip_connr->snd_nxt[1] = iss[1];
++  uip_connr->snd_nxt[2] = iss[2];
++  uip_connr->snd_nxt[3] = iss[3];
++  uip_connr->len = 1;
++
++  /* rcv_nxt should be the seqno from the incoming packet + 1. */
++  uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3] = BUF->seqno[3];
++  uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2] = BUF->seqno[2];
++  uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1] = BUF->seqno[1];
++  uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0] = BUF->seqno[0];
++  uip_add_rcv_nxt(1);
++
++  /* Parse the TCP MSS option, if present. */
++  if((BUF->tcpoffset & 0xf0) > 0x50) {
++    for(c = 0; c < ((BUF->tcpoffset >> 4) - 5) << 2 ;) {
++      opt = uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + c];
++      if(opt == 0x00) {
++	/* End of options. */	
++	break;
++      } else if(opt == 0x01) {
++	++c;
++	/* NOP option. */
++      } else if(opt == 0x02 &&
++		uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == 0x04) {
++	/* An MSS option with the right option length. */	
++	tmp16 = ((unsigned short int)uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 2 + c] << 8) |
++	  (unsigned short int)uip_buf[40 + UIP_LLH_LEN + 3 + c];
++	uip_connr->initialmss = uip_connr->mss =
++	  tmp16 > UIP_TCP_MSS? UIP_TCP_MSS: tmp16;
++	
++	/* And we are done processing options. */
++	break;
++      } else {
++	/* All other options have a length field, so that we easily
++	   can skip past them. */
++	if(uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == 0) {
++	  /* If the length field is zero, the options are malformed
++	     and we don't process them further. */
++	  break;
++	}
++	c += uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c];
++      }      
++    }
++  }
++  
++  /* Our response will be a SYNACK. */
++#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
++ tcp_send_synack:
++  BUF->flags = TCP_ACK;    
++  
++ tcp_send_syn:
++  BUF->flags |= TCP_SYN;    
++#else /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
++ tcp_send_synack:
++  BUF->flags = TCP_SYN | TCP_ACK;    
++#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
++  
++  /* We send out the TCP Maximum Segment Size option with our
++     SYNACK. */
++  BUF->optdata[0] = 2;
++  BUF->optdata[1] = 4;
++  BUF->optdata[2] = (UIP_TCP_MSS) / 256;
++  BUF->optdata[3] = (UIP_TCP_MSS) & 255;
++  uip_len = 44;
++  BUF->tcpoffset = 6 << 4;
++  goto tcp_send;
++
++  /* This label will be jumped to if we found an active connection. */
++ found:
++  uip_conn = uip_connr;
++  uip_flags = 0;
++
++  /* We do a very naive form of TCP reset processing; we just accept
++     any RST and kill our connection. We should in fact check if the
++     sequence number of this reset is wihtin our advertised window
++     before we accept the reset. */
++  if(BUF->flags & TCP_RST) {
++    uip_connr->tcpstateflags = CLOSED;
++    UIP_LOG("tcp: got reset, aborting connection.");
++    uip_flags = UIP_ABORT;
++    UIP_APPCALL();
++    goto drop;
++  }      
++  /* Calculated the length of the data, if the application has sent
++     any data to us. */
++  c = (BUF->tcpoffset >> 4) << 2;
++  /* uip_len will contain the length of the actual TCP data. This is
++     calculated by subtracing the length of the TCP header (in
++     c) and the length of the IP header (20 bytes). */
++  uip_len = uip_len - c - 20;
++
++  /* First, check if the sequence number of the incoming packet is
++     what we're expecting next. If not, we send out an ACK with the
++     correct numbers in. */
++  if(uip_len > 0 &&
++     (BUF->seqno[0] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0] ||
++      BUF->seqno[1] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1] ||
++      BUF->seqno[2] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2] ||
++      BUF->seqno[3] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3])) {
++    goto tcp_send_ack;
++  }
++
++  /* Next, check if the incoming segment acknowledges any outstanding
++     data. If so, we update the sequence number, reset the length of
++     the outstanding data, calculate RTT estimations, and reset the
++     retransmission timer. */
++  if((BUF->flags & TCP_ACK) && uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) {
++    uip_add32(uip_connr->snd_nxt, uip_connr->len);
++    if(BUF->ackno[0] == uip_acc32[0] &&
++       BUF->ackno[1] == uip_acc32[1] &&
++       BUF->ackno[2] == uip_acc32[2] &&
++       BUF->ackno[3] == uip_acc32[3]) {
++      /* Update sequence number. */
++      uip_connr->snd_nxt[0] = uip_acc32[0];
++      uip_connr->snd_nxt[1] = uip_acc32[1];
++      uip_connr->snd_nxt[2] = uip_acc32[2];
++      uip_connr->snd_nxt[3] = uip_acc32[3];
++	
++
++      /* Do RTT estimation, unless we have done retransmissions. */
++      if(uip_connr->nrtx == 0) {
++	signed char m;
++	m = uip_connr->rto - uip_connr->timer;
++	/* This is taken directly from VJs original code in his paper */
++	m = m - (uip_connr->sa >> 3);
++	uip_connr->sa += m;
++	if(m < 0) {
++	  m = -m;
++	}
++	m = m - (uip_connr->sv >> 2);
++	uip_connr->sv += m;
++	uip_connr->rto = (uip_connr->sa >> 3) + uip_connr->sv;
++
++      }
++      /* Set the acknowledged flag. */
++      uip_flags = UIP_ACKDATA;
++      /* Reset the retransmission timer. */
++      uip_connr->timer = uip_connr->rto;
++    }
++    
++  }
++
++  /* Do different things depending on in what state the connection is. */
++  switch(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & TS_MASK) {
++    /* CLOSED and LISTEN are not handled here. CLOSE_WAIT is not
++	implemented, since we force the application to close when the
++	peer sends a FIN (hence the application goes directly from
++	ESTABLISHED to LAST_ACK). */
++  case SYN_RCVD:
++    /* In SYN_RCVD we have sent out a SYNACK in response to a SYN, and
++       we are waiting for an ACK that acknowledges the data we sent
++       out the last time. Therefore, we want to have the UIP_ACKDATA
++       flag set. If so, we enter the ESTABLISHED state. */
++    if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
++      uip_connr->tcpstateflags = ESTABLISHED;
++      uip_flags = UIP_CONNECTED;
++      uip_connr->len = 0;
++      if(uip_len > 0) {
++        uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA;
++        uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len);
++      }
++      uip_slen = 0;
++      UIP_APPCALL();
++      goto appsend;
++    }
++    goto drop;
++#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
++  case SYN_SENT:
++    /* In SYN_SENT, we wait for a SYNACK that is sent in response to
++       our SYN. The rcv_nxt is set to sequence number in the SYNACK
++       plus one, and we send an ACK. We move into the ESTABLISHED
++       state. */
++    if((uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) &&
++       BUF->flags == (TCP_SYN | TCP_ACK)) {
++
++      /* Parse the TCP MSS option, if present. */
++      if((BUF->tcpoffset & 0xf0) > 0x50) {
++	for(c = 0; c < ((BUF->tcpoffset >> 4) - 5) << 2 ;) {
++	  opt = uip_buf[40 + UIP_LLH_LEN + c];
++	  if(opt == 0x00) {
++	    /* End of options. */	
++	    break;
++	  } else if(opt == 0x01) {
++	    ++c;
++	    /* NOP option. */
++	  } else if(opt == 0x02 &&
++		    uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == 0x04) {
++	    /* An MSS option with the right option length. */
++	    tmp16 = (uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 2 + c] << 8) |
++	      uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 3 + c];
++	    uip_connr->initialmss =
++	      uip_connr->mss = tmp16 > UIP_TCP_MSS? UIP_TCP_MSS: tmp16;
++
++	    /* And we are done processing options. */
++	    break;
++	  } else {
++	    /* All other options have a length field, so that we easily
++	       can skip past them. */
++	    if(uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == 0) {
++	      /* If the length field is zero, the options are malformed
++		 and we don't process them further. */
++	      break;
++	    }
++	    c += uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c];
++	  }      
++	}
++      }
++      uip_connr->tcpstateflags = ESTABLISHED;      
++      uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0] = BUF->seqno[0];
++      uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1] = BUF->seqno[1];
++      uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2] = BUF->seqno[2];
++      uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3] = BUF->seqno[3];
++      uip_add_rcv_nxt(1);
++      uip_flags = UIP_CONNECTED | UIP_NEWDATA;
++      uip_connr->len = 0;
++      uip_len = 0;
++      uip_slen = 0;
++      UIP_APPCALL();
++      goto appsend;
++    }
++    goto reset;
++#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
++    
++  case ESTABLISHED:
++    /* In the ESTABLISHED state, we call upon the application to feed
++    data into the uip_buf. If the UIP_ACKDATA flag is set, the
++    application should put new data into the buffer, otherwise we are
++    retransmitting an old segment, and the application should put that
++    data into the buffer.
++
++    If the incoming packet is a FIN, we should close the connection on
++    this side as well, and we send out a FIN and enter the LAST_ACK
++    state. We require that there is no outstanding data; otherwise the
++    sequence numbers will be screwed up. */
++
++    if(BUF->flags & TCP_FIN) {
++      if(uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) {
++	goto drop;
++      }
++      uip_add_rcv_nxt(1 + uip_len);      
++      uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE;
++      if(uip_len > 0) {
++	uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA;
++      }
++      UIP_APPCALL();
++      uip_connr->len = 1;
++      uip_connr->tcpstateflags = LAST_ACK;
++      uip_connr->nrtx = 0;
++    tcp_send_finack:
++      BUF->flags = TCP_FIN | TCP_ACK;      
++      goto tcp_send_nodata;
++    }
++
++    /* Check the URG flag. If this is set, the segment carries urgent
++       data that we must pass to the application. */
++    if(BUF->flags & TCP_URG) {
++#if UIP_URGDATA > 0
++      uip_urglen = (BUF->urgp[0] << 8) | BUF->urgp[1];
++      if(uip_urglen > uip_len) {
++	/* There is more urgent data in the next segment to come. */
++	uip_urglen = uip_len;
++      }
++      uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_urglen);
++      uip_len -= uip_urglen;
++      uip_urgdata = uip_appdata;
++      uip_appdata += uip_urglen;
++    } else {
++      uip_urglen = 0;
++#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */
++      uip_appdata += (BUF->urgp[0] << 8) | BUF->urgp[1];
++      uip_len -= (BUF->urgp[0] << 8) | BUF->urgp[1];
++    }
++    
++    
++    /* If uip_len > 0 we have TCP data in the packet, and we flag this
++       by setting the UIP_NEWDATA flag and update the sequence number
++       we acknowledge. If the application has stopped the dataflow
++       using uip_stop(), we must not accept any data packets from the
++       remote host. */
++    if(uip_len > 0 && !(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED)) {
++      uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA;
++      uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len);
++    }
++
++    /* Check if the available buffer space advertised by the other end
++       is smaller than the initial MSS for this connection. If so, we
++       set the current MSS to the window size to ensure that the
++       application does not send more data than the other end can
++       handle.
++
++       If the remote host advertises a zero window, we set the MSS to
++       the initial MSS so that the application will send an entire MSS
++       of data. This data will not be acknowledged by the receiver,
++       and the application will retransmit it. This is called the
++       "persistent timer" and uses the retransmission mechanim.
++    */
++    tmp16 = ((unsigned short int)BUF->wnd[0] << 8) + (unsigned short int)BUF->wnd[1];
++    if(tmp16 > uip_connr->initialmss ||
++       tmp16 == 0) {
++      tmp16 = uip_connr->initialmss;
++    }
++    uip_connr->mss = tmp16;
++
++    /* If this packet constitutes an ACK for outstanding data (flagged
++       by the UIP_ACKDATA flag, we should call the application since it
++       might want to send more data. If the incoming packet had data
++       from the peer (as flagged by the UIP_NEWDATA flag), the
++       application must also be notified.
++
++       When the application is called, the global variable uip_len
++       contains the length of the incoming data. The application can
++       access the incoming data through the global pointer
++       uip_appdata, which usually points 40 bytes into the uip_buf
++       array.
++
++       If the application wishes to send any data, this data should be
++       put into the uip_appdata and the length of the data should be
++       put into uip_len. If the application don't have any data to
++       send, uip_len must be set to 0. */
++	if(uip_flags & (UIP_NEWDATA | UIP_ACKDATA)) {
++      uip_slen = 0;
++      UIP_APPCALL();
++
++    appsend:
++      
++	  if(uip_flags & UIP_ABORT) {
++	uip_slen = 0;
++	uip_connr->tcpstateflags = CLOSED;
++	BUF->flags = TCP_RST | TCP_ACK;
++	goto tcp_send_nodata;
++      }
++
++      if(uip_flags & UIP_CLOSE) {
++	uip_slen = 0;
++	uip_connr->len = 1;
++	uip_connr->tcpstateflags = FIN_WAIT_1;
++	uip_connr->nrtx = 0;
++	BUF->flags = TCP_FIN | TCP_ACK;
++	goto tcp_send_nodata;	
++      }
++
++	  /* If uip_slen > 0, the application has data to be sent. */
++      if(uip_slen > 0) {
++
++	/* If the connection has acknowledged data, the contents of
++	   the ->len variable should be discarded. */ 
++	if((uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) != 0) {
++	  uip_connr->len = 0;
++	}
++
++	/* If the ->len variable is non-zero the connection has
++	   already data in transit and cannot send anymore right
++	   now. */
++	if(uip_connr->len == 0) {
++
++	  /* The application cannot send more than what is allowed by
++	     the mss (the minumum of the MSS and the available
++	     window). */
++	  if(uip_slen > uip_connr->mss) {
++		uip_slen = uip_connr->mss;
++	  }
++
++	  /* Remember how much data we send out now so that we know
++	     when everything has been acknowledged. */
++	  uip_connr->len = uip_slen;
++	} else {
++
++	  /* If the application already had unacknowledged data, we
++	     make sure that the application does not send (i.e.,
++	     retransmit) out more than it previously sent out. */
++	  uip_slen = uip_connr->len;
++	}
++      } else {
++	uip_connr->len = 0;
++      }
++      uip_connr->nrtx = 0;
++    apprexmit:
++      uip_appdata = uip_sappdata;
++
++      /* If the application has data to be sent, or if the incoming
++         packet had new data in it, we must send out a packet. */
++      if(uip_slen > 0 && uip_connr->len > 0) {
++	/* Add the length of the IP and TCP headers. */
++	uip_len = uip_connr->len + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN;
++	/* We always set the ACK flag in response packets. */
++	BUF->flags = TCP_ACK | TCP_PSH;
++	/* Send the packet. */
++	goto tcp_send_noopts;
++      }
++      /* If there is no data to send, just send out a pure ACK if
++	 there is newdata. */
++      if(uip_flags & UIP_NEWDATA) {
++	uip_len = UIP_TCPIP_HLEN;
++	BUF->flags = TCP_ACK;
++	goto tcp_send_noopts;
++      }
++    }
++	goto drop;
++  case LAST_ACK:
++    /* We can close this connection if the peer has acknowledged our
++       FIN. This is indicated by the UIP_ACKDATA flag. */     
++    if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
++      uip_connr->tcpstateflags = CLOSED;
++      uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE;
++      UIP_APPCALL();
++    }
++    break;
++    
++  case FIN_WAIT_1:
++    /* The application has closed the connection, but the remote host
++       hasn't closed its end yet. Thus we do nothing but wait for a
++       FIN from the other side. */
++    if(uip_len > 0) {
++      uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len);
++    }
++    if(BUF->flags & TCP_FIN) {
++      if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
++	uip_connr->tcpstateflags = TIME_WAIT;
++	uip_connr->timer = 0;
++	uip_connr->len = 0;
++      } else {
++	uip_connr->tcpstateflags = CLOSING;
++      }
++      uip_add_rcv_nxt(1);
++      uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE;
++      UIP_APPCALL();
++      goto tcp_send_ack;
++    } else if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
++      uip_connr->tcpstateflags = FIN_WAIT_2;
++      uip_connr->len = 0;
++      goto drop;
++    }
++    if(uip_len > 0) {
++      goto tcp_send_ack;
++    }
++    goto drop;
++      
++  case FIN_WAIT_2:
++    if(uip_len > 0) {
++      uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len);
++    }
++    if(BUF->flags & TCP_FIN) {
++      uip_connr->tcpstateflags = TIME_WAIT;
++      uip_connr->timer = 0;
++      uip_add_rcv_nxt(1);
++      uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE;
++      UIP_APPCALL();
++      goto tcp_send_ack;
++    }
++    if(uip_len > 0) {
++      goto tcp_send_ack;
++    }
++    goto drop;
++
++  case TIME_WAIT:
++    goto tcp_send_ack;
++    
++  case CLOSING:
++    if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
++      uip_connr->tcpstateflags = TIME_WAIT;
++      uip_connr->timer = 0;
++    }
++  }  
++  goto drop;
++  
++
++  /* We jump here when we are ready to send the packet, and just want
++     to set the appropriate TCP sequence numbers in the TCP header. */
++ tcp_send_ack:
++  BUF->flags = TCP_ACK;
++ tcp_send_nodata:
++  uip_len = 40;
++ tcp_send_noopts:
++  BUF->tcpoffset = 5 << 4;
++ tcp_send:
++  /* We're done with the input processing. We are now ready to send a
++     reply. Our job is to fill in all the fields of the TCP and IP
++     headers before calculating the checksum and finally send the
++     packet. */
++  BUF->ackno[0] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0];
++  BUF->ackno[1] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1];
++  BUF->ackno[2] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2];
++  BUF->ackno[3] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3];
++  
++  BUF->seqno[0] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[0];
++  BUF->seqno[1] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[1];
++  BUF->seqno[2] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[2];
++  BUF->seqno[3] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[3];
++
++  BUF->proto = UIP_PROTO_TCP;
++  
++  BUF->srcport  = uip_connr->lport;
++  BUF->destport = uip_connr->rport;
++
++  BUF->srcipaddr[0] = uip_hostaddr[0];
++  BUF->srcipaddr[1] = uip_hostaddr[1];
++  BUF->destipaddr[0] = uip_connr->ripaddr[0];
++  BUF->destipaddr[1] = uip_connr->ripaddr[1];
++ 
++
++  if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED) {
++    /* If the connection has issued uip_stop(), we advertise a zero
++       window so that the remote host will stop sending data. */
++    BUF->wnd[0] = BUF->wnd[1] = 0;
++  } else {
++    BUF->wnd[0] = ((UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW) >> 8);
++    BUF->wnd[1] = ((UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW) & 0xff); 
++  }
++
++ tcp_send_noconn:
++
++  BUF->len[0] = (uip_len >> 8);
++  BUF->len[1] = (uip_len & 0xff);
++
++  /* Calculate TCP checksum. */
++  BUF->tcpchksum = 0;
++  BUF->tcpchksum = ~(uip_tcpchksum());
++  
++ //ip_send_nolen:
++
++  BUF->vhl = 0x45;
++  BUF->tos = 0;
++  BUF->ipoffset[0] = BUF->ipoffset[1] = 0;
++  BUF->ttl  = UIP_TTL;
++  ++ipid;
++  BUF->ipid[0] = ipid >> 8;
++  BUF->ipid[1] = ipid & 0xff;
++  
++  /* Calculate IP checksum. */
++  BUF->ipchksum = 0;
++  BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum());
++
++  UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.sent);
++ send:
++  UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.sent);
++  /* Return and let the caller do the actual transmission. */
++  return;
++ drop:
++  uip_len = 0;
++  return;
++}
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++/*unsigned short int
++htons(unsigned short int val)
++{
++  return HTONS(val);
++}*/
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++/** @} */
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/uip-0.9/uip.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,1066 @@
++/**
++ * \addtogroup uip
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * \file
++ * Header file for the uIP TCP/IP stack.
++ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
++ *
++ * The uIP TCP/IP stack header file contains definitions for a number
++ * of C macros that are used by uIP programs as well as internal uIP
++ * structures, TCP/IP header structures and function declarations.
++ *
++ */
++
++
++/*
++ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
++ * All rights reserved. 
++ *
++ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
++ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
++ * are met: 
++ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
++ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
++ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
++ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
++ *    products derived from this software without specific prior
++ *    written permission.  
++ *
++ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
++ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
++ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
++ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
++ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
++ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
++ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
++ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
++ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
++ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
++ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
++ *
++ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
++ *
++ * $Id: uip.h,v 1.36.2.7 2003/10/07 13:47:51 adam Exp $
++ *
++ */
++
++#ifndef __UIP_H__
++#define __UIP_H__
++#include <linux/types.h>
++#include <linux/string.h>
++#include <linux/ctype.h>
++#include <malloc.h>
++#include <common.h>
++
++
++#include "uipopt.h"
++
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++/* First, the functions that should be called from the
++ * system. Initialization, the periodic timer and incoming packets are
++ * handled by the following three functions.
++ */
++
++/**
++ * \defgroup uipconffunc uIP configuration functions
++ * @{
++ *
++ * The uIP configuration functions are used for setting run-time
++ * parameters in uIP such as IP addresses. 
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Set the IP address of this host.
++ *
++ * The IP address is represented as a 4-byte array where the first
++ * octet of the IP address is put in the first member of the 4-byte
++ * array.
++ *
++ * \param addr A pointer to a 4-byte representation of the IP address.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_sethostaddr(addr) do { uip_hostaddr[0] = addr[0]; \
++                              uip_hostaddr[1] = addr[1]; } while(0)
++
++/**
++ * Get the IP address of this host.
++ *
++ * The IP address is represented as a 4-byte array where the first
++ * octet of the IP address is put in the first member of the 4-byte
++ * array.
++ *
++ * \param addr A pointer to a 4-byte array that will be filled in with
++ * the currently configured IP address.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_gethostaddr(addr) do { addr[0] = uip_hostaddr[0]; \
++                              addr[1] = uip_hostaddr[1]; } while(0)
++
++/** @} */
++
++/**
++ * \defgroup uipinit uIP initialization functions
++ * @{
++ *
++ * The uIP initialization functions are used for booting uIP.
++ */
++
++/**
++ * uIP initialization function.
++ *
++ * This function should be called at boot up to initilize the uIP
++ * TCP/IP stack.
++ */
++void uip_init(void);
++
++/** @} */
++
++/**
++ * \defgroup uipdevfunc uIP device driver functions
++ * @{
++ *
++ * These functions are used by a network device driver for interacting
++ * with uIP.
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Process an incoming packet.
++ *
++ * This function should be called when the device driver has received
++ * a packet from the network. The packet from the device driver must
++ * be present in the uip_buf buffer, and the length of the packet
++ * should be placed in the uip_len variable.
++ *
++ * When the function returns, there may be an outbound packet placed
++ * in the uip_buf packet buffer. If so, the uip_len variable is set to
++ * the length of the packet. If no packet is to be sent out, the
++ * uip_len variable is set to 0.
++ *
++ * The usual way of calling the function is presented by the source
++ * code below.
++ \code
++  uip_len = devicedriver_poll();
++  if(uip_len > 0) {
++    uip_input();
++    if(uip_len > 0) {
++      devicedriver_send();
++    }
++  }
++ \endcode
++ *
++ * \note If you are writing a uIP device driver that needs ARP
++ * (Address Resolution Protocol), e.g., when running uIP over
++ * Ethernet, you will need to call the uIP ARP code before calling
++ * this function:
++ \code
++  #define BUF ((struct uip_eth_hdr *)&uip_buf[0])
++  uip_len = ethernet_devicedrver_poll();
++  if(uip_len > 0) {
++    if(BUF->type == HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP)) {
++      uip_arp_ipin();
++      uip_input();
++      if(uip_len > 0) {
++        uip_arp_out();
++	ethernet_devicedriver_send();
++      }
++    } else if(BUF->type == HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP)) {
++      uip_arp_arpin();
++      if(uip_len > 0) {
++	ethernet_devicedriver_send();
++      }
++    }
++ \endcode
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_input()        uip_process(UIP_DATA)
++
++/**
++ * Periodic processing for a connection identified by its number.
++ * 
++ * This function does the necessary periodic processing (timers,
++ * polling) for a uIP TCP conneciton, and should be called when the
++ * periodic uIP timer goes off. It should be called for every
++ * connection, regardless of whether they are open of closed.
++ *
++ * When the function returns, it may have an outbound packet waiting
++ * for service in the uIP packet buffer, and if so the uip_len
++ * variable is set to a value larger than zero. The device driver
++ * should be called to send out the packet.
++ *
++ * The ususal way of calling the function is through a for() loop like
++ * this:
++ \code
++  for(i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; ++i) {
++    uip_periodic(i);
++    if(uip_len > 0) {
++      devicedriver_send();
++    }
++  }
++ \endcode
++ *
++ * \note If you are writing a uIP device driver that needs ARP
++ * (Address Resolution Protocol), e.g., when running uIP over
++ * Ethernet, you will need to call the uip_arp_out() function before
++ * calling the device driver:
++ \code
++  for(i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; ++i) {
++    uip_periodic(i);
++    if(uip_len > 0) {
++      uip_arp_out();
++      ethernet_devicedriver_send();
++    }
++  }
++ \endcode 
++ *
++ * \param conn The number of the connection which is to be periodically polled.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_periodic(conn) do { uip_conn = &uip_conns[conn]; \
++                                uip_process(UIP_TIMER); } while (0)
++
++/**
++ * Periodic processing for a connection identified by a pointer to its structure.
++ *
++ * Same as uip_periodic() but takes a pointer to the actual uip_conn
++ * struct instead of an integer as its argument. This function can be
++ * used to force periodic processing of a specific connection.
++ *
++ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_conn struct for the connection to
++ * be processed.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_periodic_conn(conn) do { uip_conn = conn; \
++                                     uip_process(UIP_TIMER); } while (0)
++
++#if UIP_UDP
++/**
++ * Periodic processing for a UDP connection identified by its number.
++ *
++ * This function is essentially the same as uip_prerioic(), but for
++ * UDP connections. It is called in a similar fashion as the
++ * uip_periodic() function:
++ \code
++  for(i = 0; i < UIP_UDP_CONNS; i++) {
++    uip_udp_periodic(i);
++    if(uip_len > 0) {
++      devicedriver_send();
++    }
++  }   
++ \endcode
++ *
++ * \note As for the uip_periodic() function, special care has to be
++ * taken when using uIP together with ARP and Ethernet:
++ \code
++  for(i = 0; i < UIP_UDP_CONNS; i++) {
++    uip_udp_periodic(i);
++    if(uip_len > 0) {
++      uip_arp_out();
++      ethernet_devicedriver_send();
++    }
++  }   
++ \endcode
++ *
++ * \param conn The number of the UDP connection to be processed.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_udp_periodic(conn) do { uip_udp_conn = &uip_udp_conns[conn]; \
++                                uip_process(UIP_UDP_TIMER); } while (0)
++
++/**
++ * Periodic processing for a UDP connection identified by a pointer to
++ * its structure.
++ *
++ * Same as uip_udp_periodic() but takes a pointer to the actual
++ * uip_conn struct instead of an integer as its argument. This
++ * function can be used to force periodic processing of a specific
++ * connection.
++ *
++ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_udp_conn struct for the connection
++ * to be processed.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_udp_periodic_conn(conn) do { uip_udp_conn = conn; \
++                                         uip_process(UIP_UDP_TIMER); } while (0)
++
++
++#endif /* UIP_UDP */
++
++/**
++ * The uIP packet buffer.
++ *
++ * The uip_buf array is used to hold incoming and outgoing
++ * packets. The device driver should place incoming data into this
++ * buffer. When sending data, the device driver should read the link
++ * level headers and the TCP/IP headers from this buffer. The size of
++ * the link level headers is configured by the UIP_LLH_LEN define.
++ *
++ * \note The application data need not be placed in this buffer, so
++ * the device driver must read it from the place pointed to by the
++ * uip_appdata pointer as illustrated by the following example:
++ \code
++ void
++ devicedriver_send(void)
++ {
++    hwsend(&uip_buf[0], UIP_LLH_LEN);
++    hwsend(&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN], 40);
++    hwsend(uip_appdata, uip_len - 40 - UIP_LLH_LEN);
++ }
++ \endcode
++ */
++extern u8_t uip_buf[UIP_BUFSIZE+2];
++
++/** @} */
++
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++/* Functions that are used by the uIP application program. Opening and
++ * closing connections, sending and receiving data, etc. is all
++ * handled by the functions below.
++*/
++/**
++ * \defgroup uipappfunc uIP application functions
++ * @{
++ *
++ * Functions used by an application running of top of uIP.
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Start listening to the specified port.
++ *
++ * \note Since this function expects the port number in network byte
++ * order, a conversion using HTONS() or htons() is necessary.
++ *
++ \code
++ uip_listen(HTONS(80)); 
++ \endcode
++ *
++ * \param port A 16-bit port number in network byte order.
++ */
++void uip_listen(u16_t port);
++
++/**
++ * Stop listening to the specified port.
++ *
++ * \note Since this function expects the port number in network byte
++ * order, a conversion using HTONS() or htons() is necessary.
++ *
++ \code
++ uip_unlisten(HTONS(80)); 
++ \endcode
++ *
++ * \param port A 16-bit port number in network byte order.
++ */
++void uip_unlisten(u16_t port);
++
++/**
++ * Connect to a remote host using TCP.
++ *
++ * This function is used to start a new connection to the specified
++ * port on the specied host. It allocates a new connection identifier,
++ * sets the connection to the SYN_SENT state and sets the
++ * retransmission timer to 0. This will cause a TCP SYN segment to be
++ * sent out the next time this connection is periodically processed,
++ * which usually is done within 0.5 seconds after the call to
++ * uip_connect().
++ *
++ * \note This function is avaliable only if support for active open
++ * has been configured by defining UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN to 1 in uipopt.h.
++ *
++ * \note Since this function requires the port number to be in network
++ * byte order, a convertion using HTONS() or htons() is necessary.
++ *
++ \code
++ u16_t ipaddr[2];
++
++ uip_ipaddr(ipaddr, 192,168,1,2);
++ uip_connect(ipaddr, HTONS(80)); 
++ \endcode
++ * 
++ * \param ripaddr A pointer to a 4-byte array representing the IP
++ * address of the remote hot.
++ *
++ * \param port A 16-bit port number in network byte order.
++ *
++ * \return A pointer to the uIP connection identifier for the new connection,
++ * or NULL if no connection could be allocated.   
++ *
++ */
++struct uip_conn *uip_connect(u16_t *ripaddr, u16_t port);
++
++
++
++/**
++ * \internal
++ *
++ * Check if a connection has outstanding (i.e., unacknowledged) data.
++ *
++ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_conn structure for the connection.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_outstanding(conn) ((conn)->len)
++
++/**
++ * Send data on the current connection.
++ *
++ * This function is used to send out a single segment of TCP
++ * data. Only applications that have been invoked by uIP for event
++ * processing can send data. 
++ *
++ * The amount of data that actually is sent out after a call to this
++ * funcion is determined by the maximum amount of data TCP allows. uIP
++ * will automatically crop the data so that only the appropriate
++ * amount of data is sent. The function uip_mss() can be used to query
++ * uIP for the amount of data that actually will be sent.
++ * 
++ * \note This function does not guarantee that the sent data will
++ * arrive at the destination. If the data is lost in the network, the
++ * application will be invoked with the uip_rexmit() event being
++ * set. The application will then have to resend the data using this
++ * function.
++ * 
++ * \param data A pointer to the data which is to be sent.
++ *
++ * \param len The maximum amount of data bytes to be sent.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_send(data, len) do { uip_sappdata = (data); uip_slen = (len);} while(0)   
++
++/**
++ * The length of any incoming data that is currently avaliable (if avaliable)
++ * in the uip_appdata buffer.
++ *
++ * The test function uip_data() must first be used to check if there
++ * is any data available at all.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_datalen()       uip_len
++
++/**
++ * The length of any out-of-band data (urgent data) that has arrived
++ * on the connection.
++ *
++ * \note The configuration parameter UIP_URGDATA must be set for this
++ * function to be enabled.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_urgdatalen()    uip_urglen
++
++/**
++ * Close the current connection.
++ *
++ * This function will close the current connection in a nice way.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_close()         (uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE)
++
++/**
++ * Abort the current connection.
++ *
++ * This function will abort (reset) the current connection, and is
++ * usually used when an error has occured that prevents using the
++ * uip_close() function.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_abort()         (uip_flags = UIP_ABORT)
++
++/**
++ * Tell the sending host to stop sending data.
++ *
++ * This function will close our receiver's window so that we stop
++ * receiving data for the current connection.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_stop()          (uip_conn->tcpstateflags |= UIP_STOPPED)
++
++/**
++ * Find out if the current connection has been previously stopped with
++ * uip_stop().
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_stopped(conn)   ((conn)->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED)
++
++/**
++ * Restart the current connection, if is has previously been stopped
++ * with uip_stop().
++ *
++ * This function will open the receiver's window again so that we
++ * start receiving data for the current connection.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_restart()         do { uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA; \
++                                   uip_conn->tcpstateflags &= ~UIP_STOPPED; \
++                              } while(0)
++
++
++/* uIP tests that can be made to determine in what state the current
++   connection is, and what the application function should do. */
++
++/**
++ * Is new incoming data available?
++ *
++ * Will reduce to non-zero if there is new data for the application
++ * present at the uip_appdata pointer. The size of the data is
++ * avaliable through the uip_len variable.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_newdata()   (uip_flags & UIP_NEWDATA)
++
++/**
++ * Has previously sent data been acknowledged?
++ *
++ * Will reduce to non-zero if the previously sent data has been
++ * acknowledged by the remote host. This means that the application
++ * can send new data. 
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_acked()   (uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA)
++
++/**
++ * Has the connection just been connected?  
++ *
++ * Reduces to non-zero if the current connection has been connected to
++ * a remote host. This will happen both if the connection has been
++ * actively opened (with uip_connect()) or passively opened (with
++ * uip_listen()).
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_connected() (uip_flags & UIP_CONNECTED)
++
++/**
++ * Has the connection been closed by the other end?
++ *
++ * Is non-zero if the connection has been closed by the remote
++ * host. The application may then do the necessary clean-ups.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_closed()    (uip_flags & UIP_CLOSE)
++
++/**
++ * Has the connection been aborted by the other end?
++ *
++ * Non-zero if the current connection has been aborted (reset) by the
++ * remote host.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_aborted()    (uip_flags & UIP_ABORT)
++
++/**
++ * Has the connection timed out?
++ *
++ * Non-zero if the current connection has been aborted due to too many
++ * retransmissions.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_timedout()    (uip_flags & UIP_TIMEDOUT)
++
++/**
++ * Do we need to retransmit previously data?
++ *
++ * Reduces to non-zero if the previously sent data has been lost in
++ * the network, and the application should retransmit it. The
++ * application should send the exact same data as it did the last
++ * time, using the uip_send() function.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_rexmit()     (uip_flags & UIP_REXMIT)
++
++/**
++ * Is the connection being polled by uIP?
++ *
++ * Is non-zero if the reason the application is invoked is that the
++ * current connection has been idle for a while and should be
++ * polled.
++ *
++ * The polling event can be used for sending data without having to
++ * wait for the remote host to send data.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */ 
++#define uip_poll()       (uip_flags & UIP_POLL)
++
++/**
++ * Get the initial maxium segment size (MSS) of the current
++ * connection.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_initialmss()             (uip_conn->initialmss)
++
++/**
++ * Get the current maxium segment size that can be sent on the current
++ * connection.
++ *
++ * The current maxiumum segment size that can be sent on the
++ * connection is computed from the receiver's window and the MSS of
++ * the connection (which also is available by calling
++ * uip_initialmss()).
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_mss()             (uip_conn->mss)
++
++/**
++ * Set up a new UDP connection.
++ *
++ * \param ripaddr A pointer to a 4-byte structure representing the IP
++ * address of the remote host.
++ *
++ * \param rport The remote port number in network byte order.
++ *
++ * \return The uip_udp_conn structure for the new connection or NULL
++ * if no connection could be allocated.
++ */
++struct uip_udp_conn *uip_udp_new(u16_t *ripaddr, u16_t rport);
++
++/**
++ * Removed a UDP connection.
++ *
++ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_udp_conn structure for the connection.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_udp_remove(conn) (conn)->lport = 0
++
++/**
++ * Send a UDP datagram of length len on the current connection.
++ *
++ * This function can only be called in response to a UDP event (poll
++ * or newdata). The data must be present in the uip_buf buffer, at the
++ * place pointed to by the uip_appdata pointer.
++ *
++ * \param len The length of the data in the uip_buf buffer.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_udp_send(len) uip_slen = (len)
++
++/** @} */
++
++/* uIP convenience and converting functions. */
++
++/**
++ * \defgroup uipconvfunc uIP conversion functions
++ * @{
++ *
++ * These functions can be used for converting between different data
++ * formats used by uIP.
++ */
++ 
++/**
++ * Pack an IP address into a 4-byte array which is used by uIP to
++ * represent IP addresses.
++ *
++ * Example:
++ \code
++ u16_t ipaddr[2];
++
++ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 192,168,1,2); 
++ \endcode
++ *
++ * \param addr A pointer to a 4-byte array that will be filled in with
++ * the IP addres.
++ * \param addr0 The first octet of the IP address.
++ * \param addr1 The second octet of the IP address.
++ * \param addr2 The third octet of the IP address.
++ * \param addr3 The forth octet of the IP address. 
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define uip_ipaddr(addr, addr0,addr1,addr2,addr3) do { \
++                     (addr)[0] = HTONS(((addr0) << 8) | (addr1)); \
++                     (addr)[1] = HTONS(((addr2) << 8) | (addr3)); \
++                  } while(0)
++
++/**
++ * Convert 16-bit quantity from host byte order to network byte order.
++ *
++ * This macro is primarily used for converting constants from host
++ * byte order to network byte order. For converting variables to
++ * network byte order, use the htons() function instead.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#ifndef HTONS
++#   if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN
++#      define HTONS(n) (n)
++#   else /* BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN */
++#      define HTONS(n) ((((u16_t)((n) & 0xff)) << 8) | (((n) & 0xff00) >> 8))
++#   endif /* BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN */
++#endif /* HTONS */
++
++/**
++ * Convert 16-bit quantity from host byte order to network byte order.
++ *
++ * This function is primarily used for converting variables from host
++ * byte order to network byte order. For converting constants to
++ * network byte order, use the HTONS() macro instead.
++ */
++#ifndef htons
++u16_t htons(u16_t val);
++#endif /* htons */
++
++/** @} */
++
++/**
++ * Pointer to the application data in the packet buffer.
++ *
++ * This pointer points to the application data when the application is
++ * called. If the application wishes to send data, the application may
++ * use this space to write the data into before calling uip_send().
++ */
++extern volatile u8_t *uip_appdata;
++extern volatile u8_t *uip_sappdata; 
++
++#if UIP_URGDATA > 0 
++/* u8_t *uip_urgdata:
++ *
++ * This pointer points to any urgent data that has been received. Only
++ * present if compiled with support for urgent data (UIP_URGDATA).
++ */
++extern volatile u8_t *uip_urgdata; 
++#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */
++
++
++/* u[8|16]_t uip_len:
++ *
++ * When the application is called, uip_len contains the length of any
++ * new data that has been received from the remote host. The
++ * application should set this variable to the size of any data that
++ * the application wishes to send. When the network device driver
++ * output function is called, uip_len should contain the length of the
++ * outgoing packet.
++ */
++extern volatile u16_t uip_len, uip_slen;
++
++#if UIP_URGDATA > 0 
++extern volatile u8_t uip_urglen, uip_surglen;
++#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */
++
++
++/**
++ * Representation of a uIP TCP connection.
++ *
++ * The uip_conn structure is used for identifying a connection. All
++ * but one field in the structure are to be considered read-only by an
++ * application. The only exception is the appstate field whos purpose
++ * is to let the application store application-specific state (e.g.,
++ * file pointers) for the connection. The size of this field is
++ * configured in the "uipopt.h" header file.
++ */
++struct uip_conn {
++  u16_t ripaddr[2];   /**< The IP address of the remote host. */
++  
++  u16_t lport;        /**< The local TCP port, in network byte order. */
++  u16_t rport;        /**< The local remote TCP port, in network byte
++			 order. */  
++  
++  u8_t rcv_nxt[4];    /**< The sequence number that we expect to
++			 receive next. */
++  u8_t snd_nxt[4];    /**< The sequence number that was last sent by
++                         us. */
++  u16_t len;          /**< Length of the data that was previously sent. */
++  u16_t mss;          /**< Current maximum segment size for the
++			 connection. */
++  u16_t initialmss;   /**< Initial maximum segment size for the
++			 connection. */  
++  u8_t sa;            /**< Retransmission time-out calculation state
++			 variable. */
++  u8_t sv;            /**< Retransmission time-out calculation state
++			 variable. */
++  u8_t rto;           /**< Retransmission time-out. */
++  u8_t tcpstateflags; /**< TCP state and flags. */
++  u8_t timer;         /**< The retransmission timer. */
++  u8_t nrtx;          /**< The number of retransmissions for the last
++			 segment sent. */
++
++  /** The application state. */
++  u8_t appstate[UIP_APPSTATE_SIZE];  
++};
++
++
++/* Pointer to the current connection. */
++extern struct uip_conn *uip_conn;
++/* The array containing all uIP connections. */
++extern struct uip_conn uip_conns[UIP_CONNS];
++/**
++ * \addtogroup uiparch
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * 4-byte array used for the 32-bit sequence number calculations.
++ */
++extern volatile u8_t uip_acc32[4];
++
++/** @} */
++
++
++#if UIP_UDP
++/**
++ * Representation of a uIP UDP connection.
++ */
++struct uip_udp_conn {
++  u16_t ripaddr[2];   /**< The IP address of the remote peer. */
++  u16_t lport;        /**< The local port number in network byte order. */
++  u16_t rport;        /**< The remote port number in network byte order. */
++};
++
++extern struct uip_udp_conn *uip_udp_conn;
++extern struct uip_udp_conn uip_udp_conns[UIP_UDP_CONNS];
++#endif /* UIP_UDP */
++
++/**
++ * The structure holding the TCP/IP statistics that are gathered if
++ * UIP_STATISTICS is set to 1.
++ *
++ */
++struct uip_stats {
++  struct {
++    uip_stats_t drop;     /**< Number of dropped packets at the IP
++			     layer. */
++    uip_stats_t recv;     /**< Number of received packets at the IP
++			     layer. */
++    uip_stats_t sent;     /**< Number of sent packets at the IP
++			     layer. */
++    uip_stats_t vhlerr;   /**< Number of packets dropped due to wrong
++			     IP version or header length. */
++    uip_stats_t hblenerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to wrong
++			     IP length, high byte. */
++    uip_stats_t lblenerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to wrong
++			     IP length, low byte. */
++    uip_stats_t fragerr;  /**< Number of packets dropped since they
++			     were IP fragments. */
++    uip_stats_t chkerr;   /**< Number of packets dropped due to IP
++			     checksum errors. */
++    uip_stats_t protoerr; /**< Number of packets dropped since they
++			     were neither ICMP, UDP nor TCP. */
++  } ip;                   /**< IP statistics. */
++  struct {
++    uip_stats_t drop;     /**< Number of dropped ICMP packets. */
++    uip_stats_t recv;     /**< Number of received ICMP packets. */
++    uip_stats_t sent;     /**< Number of sent ICMP packets. */
++    uip_stats_t typeerr;  /**< Number of ICMP packets with a wrong
++			     type. */
++  } icmp;                 /**< ICMP statistics. */
++  struct {
++    uip_stats_t drop;     /**< Number of dropped TCP segments. */
++    uip_stats_t recv;     /**< Number of recived TCP segments. */
++    uip_stats_t sent;     /**< Number of sent TCP segments. */
++    uip_stats_t chkerr;   /**< Number of TCP segments with a bad
++			     checksum. */
++    uip_stats_t ackerr;   /**< Number of TCP segments with a bad ACK
++			     number. */
++    uip_stats_t rst;      /**< Number of recevied TCP RST (reset) segments. */
++    uip_stats_t rexmit;   /**< Number of retransmitted TCP segments. */
++    uip_stats_t syndrop;  /**< Number of dropped SYNs due to too few
++			     connections was avaliable. */
++    uip_stats_t synrst;   /**< Number of SYNs for closed ports,
++			     triggering a RST. */
++  } tcp;                  /**< TCP statistics. */
++};
++
++/**
++ * The uIP TCP/IP statistics.
++ *
++ * This is the variable in which the uIP TCP/IP statistics are gathered.
++ */
++extern struct uip_stats uip_stat;
++
++
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++/* All the stuff below this point is internal to uIP and should not be
++ * used directly by an application or by a device driver.
++ */
++/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++/* u8_t uip_flags:
++ *
++ * When the application is called, uip_flags will contain the flags
++ * that are defined in this file. Please read below for more
++ * infomation.
++ */
++extern volatile u8_t uip_flags;
++
++/* The following flags may be set in the global variable uip_flags
++   before calling the application callback. The UIP_ACKDATA and
++   UIP_NEWDATA flags may both be set at the same time, whereas the
++   others are mutualy exclusive. Note that these flags should *NOT* be
++   accessed directly, but through the uIP functions/macros. */
++
++#define UIP_ACKDATA   1     /* Signifies that the outstanding data was
++			       acked and the application should send
++			       out new data instead of retransmitting
++			       the last data. */
++#define UIP_NEWDATA   2     /* Flags the fact that the peer has sent
++			       us new data. */
++#define UIP_REXMIT    4     /* Tells the application to retransmit the
++			       data that was last sent. */
++#define UIP_POLL      8     /* Used for polling the application, to
++			       check if the application has data that
++			       it wants to send. */
++#define UIP_CLOSE     16    /* The remote host has closed the
++			       connection, thus the connection has
++			       gone away. Or the application signals
++			       that it wants to close the
++			       connection. */
++#define UIP_ABORT     32    /* The remote host has aborted the
++			       connection, thus the connection has
++			       gone away. Or the application signals
++			       that it wants to abort the
++			       connection. */
++#define UIP_CONNECTED 64    /* We have got a connection from a remote
++                               host and have set up a new connection
++                               for it, or an active connection has
++                               been successfully established. */
++
++#define UIP_TIMEDOUT  128   /* The connection has been aborted due to
++			       too many retransmissions. */
++
++
++/* uip_process(flag):
++ *
++ * The actual uIP function which does all the work.
++ */
++void uip_process(u8_t flag);
++
++/* The following flags are passed as an argument to the uip_process()
++   function. They are used to distinguish between the two cases where
++   uip_process() is called. It can be called either because we have
++   incoming data that should be processed, or because the periodic
++   timer has fired. */
++
++#define UIP_DATA    1     /* Tells uIP that there is incoming data in
++                             the uip_buf buffer. The length of the
++                             data is stored in the global variable
++                             uip_len. */
++#define UIP_TIMER   2     /* Tells uIP that the periodic timer has
++                             fired. */
++#if UIP_UDP
++#define UIP_UDP_TIMER 3
++#endif /* UIP_UDP */
++
++/* The TCP states used in the uip_conn->tcpstateflags. */
++#define CLOSED      0
++#define SYN_RCVD    1
++#define SYN_SENT    2
++#define ESTABLISHED 3
++#define FIN_WAIT_1  4
++#define FIN_WAIT_2  5
++#define CLOSING     6
++#define TIME_WAIT   7
++#define LAST_ACK    8
++#define TS_MASK     15
++  
++#define UIP_STOPPED      16
++
++#define UIP_TCPIP_HLEN 40
++
++/* The TCP and IP headers. */
++typedef struct {
++  /* IP header. */
++  u8_t vhl,
++    tos,          
++    len[2],       
++    ipid[2],        
++    ipoffset[2],  
++    ttl,          
++    proto;     
++  u16_t ipchksum;
++  u16_t srcipaddr[2], 
++    destipaddr[2];
++  
++  /* TCP header. */
++  u16_t srcport,
++    destport;
++  u8_t seqno[4],  
++    ackno[4],
++    tcpoffset,
++    flags,
++    wnd[2];     
++  u16_t tcpchksum;
++  u8_t urgp[2];
++  u8_t optdata[4];
++} uip_tcpip_hdr;
++
++/* The ICMP and IP headers. */
++typedef struct {
++  /* IP header. */
++  u8_t vhl,
++    tos,          
++    len[2],       
++    ipid[2],        
++    ipoffset[2],  
++    ttl,          
++    proto;     
++  u16_t ipchksum;
++  u16_t srcipaddr[2], 
++    destipaddr[2];
++  /* ICMP (echo) header. */
++  u8_t type, icode;
++  u16_t icmpchksum;
++  u16_t id, seqno;  
++} uip_icmpip_hdr;
++
++
++/* The UDP and IP headers. */
++typedef struct {
++  /* IP header. */
++  u8_t vhl,
++    tos,          
++    len[2],       
++    ipid[2],        
++    ipoffset[2],  
++    ttl,          
++    proto;     
++  u16_t ipchksum;
++  u16_t srcipaddr[2], 
++    destipaddr[2];
++  
++  /* UDP header. */
++  u16_t srcport,
++    destport;
++  u16_t udplen;
++  u16_t udpchksum;
++} uip_udpip_hdr;
++
++#define UIP_PROTO_ICMP  1
++#define UIP_PROTO_TCP   6
++#define UIP_PROTO_UDP   17
++
++#if UIP_FIXEDADDR
++extern const u16_t uip_hostaddr[2];
++#else /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */
++extern u16_t uip_hostaddr[2];
++#endif /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */
++
++#endif /* __UIP_H__ */
++
++
++/** @} */
++
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/net/uip-0.9/uipopt.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,557 @@
++/**
++ * \defgroup uipopt Configuration options for uIP
++ * @{
++ *
++ * uIP is configured using the per-project configuration file
++ * "uipopt.h". This file contains all compile-time options for uIP and
++ * should be tweaked to match each specific project. The uIP
++ * distribution contains a documented example "uipopt.h" that can be
++ * copied and modified for each project.
++ */
++
++/**
++ * \file
++ * Configuration options for uIP.
++ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
++ *
++ * This file is used for tweaking various configuration options for
++ * uIP. You should make a copy of this file into one of your project's
++ * directories instead of editing this example "uipopt.h" file that
++ * comes with the uIP distribution.
++ */
++
++/*
++ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
++ * All rights reserved. 
++ *
++ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
++ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
++ * are met: 
++ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
++ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
++ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
++ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
++ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
++ *    products derived from this software without specific prior
++ *    written permission.  
++ *
++ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
++ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
++ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
++ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
++ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
++ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
++ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
++ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
++ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
++ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
++ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
++ *
++ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
++ *
++ * $Id: uipopt.h,v 1.16.2.5 2003/10/07 13:22:51 adam Exp $
++ *
++ */
++
++#ifndef __UIPOPT_H__
++#define __UIPOPT_H__
++
++/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++/**
++ * \defgroup uipopttypedef uIP type definitions
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * The 8-bit unsigned data type.
++ *
++ * This may have to be tweaked for your particular compiler. "unsigned
++ * char" works for most compilers.
++ */
++typedef unsigned char u8_t;
++
++/**
++ * The 16-bit unsigned data type.
++ *
++ * This may have to be tweaked for your particular compiler. "unsigned
++ * short" works for most compilers.
++ */
++typedef unsigned short u16_t;
++
++/**
++ * The statistics data type.
++ *
++ * This datatype determines how high the statistics counters are able
++ * to count.
++ */
++typedef unsigned short uip_stats_t;
++
++/** @} */
++
++/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++
++/**
++ * \defgroup uipoptstaticconf Static configuration options
++ * @{
++ *
++ * These configuration options can be used for setting the IP address
++ * settings statically, but only if UIP_FIXEDADDR is set to 1. The
++ * configuration options for a specific node includes IP address,
++ * netmask and default router as well as the Ethernet address. The
++ * netmask, default router and Ethernet address are appliciable only
++ * if uIP should be run over Ethernet.
++ *
++ * All of these should be changed to suit your project.
++*/
++
++/**
++ * Determines if uIP should use a fixed IP address or not.
++ *
++ * If uIP should use a fixed IP address, the settings are set in the
++ * uipopt.h file. If not, the macros uip_sethostaddr(),
++ * uip_setdraddr() and uip_setnetmask() should be used instead.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define UIP_FIXEDADDR    0
++
++/**
++ * Ping IP address asignment.
++ *
++ * uIP uses a "ping" packets for setting its own IP address if this
++ * option is set. If so, uIP will start with an empty IP address and
++ * the destination IP address of the first incoming "ping" (ICMP echo)
++ * packet will be used for setting the hosts IP address.
++ *
++ * \note This works only if UIP_FIXEDADDR is 0.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define UIP_PINGADDRCONF 0
++
++#define UIP_IPADDR0     192 /**< The first octet of the IP address of
++			       this uIP node, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
++			       1. \hideinitializer */
++#define UIP_IPADDR1     168 /**< The second octet of the IP address of
++			       this uIP node, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
++			       1. \hideinitializer */
++#define UIP_IPADDR2     0   /**< The third octet of the IP address of
++			       this uIP node, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
++			       1. \hideinitializer */
++#define UIP_IPADDR3     250   /**< The fourth octet of the IP address of
++			       this uIP node, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
++			       1. \hideinitializer */
++
++#define UIP_NETMASK0    255 /**< The first octet of the netmask of
++			       this uIP node, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
++			       1. \hideinitializer */
++#define UIP_NETMASK1    255 /**< The second octet of the netmask of
++			       this uIP node, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
++			       1. \hideinitializer */
++#define UIP_NETMASK2    255 /**< The third octet of the netmask of
++			       this uIP node, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
++			       1. \hideinitializer */
++#define UIP_NETMASK3    0   /**< The fourth octet of the netmask of
++			       this uIP node, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
++			       1. \hideinitializer */
++
++#define UIP_DRIPADDR0   192 /**< The first octet of the IP address of
++			       the default router, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
++			       1. \hideinitializer */
++#define UIP_DRIPADDR1   168 /**< The second octet of the IP address of
++			       the default router, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
++			       1. \hideinitializer */
++#define UIP_DRIPADDR2   0   /**< The third octet of the IP address of
++			       the default router, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
++			       1. \hideinitializer */
++#define UIP_DRIPADDR3   1   /**< The fourth octet of the IP address of
++			       the default router, if UIP_FIXEDADDR is
++			       1. \hideinitializer */
++
++/**
++ * Specifies if the uIP ARP module should be compiled with a fixed
++ * Ethernet MAC address or not.
++ *
++ * If this configuration option is 0, the macro uip_setethaddr() can
++ * be used to specify the Ethernet address at run-time.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define UIP_FIXEDETHADDR 0
++
++#define UIP_ETHADDR0    0x00  /**< The first octet of the Ethernet
++				 address if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR is
++				 1. \hideinitializer */
++#define UIP_ETHADDR1    0xbd  /**< The second octet of the Ethernet
++				 address if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR is
++				 1. \hideinitializer */
++#define UIP_ETHADDR2    0x3b  /**< The third octet of the Ethernet
++				 address if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR is
++				 1. \hideinitializer */
++#define UIP_ETHADDR3    0x33  /**< The fourth octet of the Ethernet
++				 address if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR is
++				 1. \hideinitializer */
++#define UIP_ETHADDR4    0x05  /**< The fifth octet of the Ethernet
++				 address if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR is
++				 1. \hideinitializer */
++#define UIP_ETHADDR5    0x71  /**< The sixth octet of the Ethernet
++				 address if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR is
++				 1. \hideinitializer */
++
++/** @} */
++/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++/**
++ * \defgroup uipoptip IP configuration options
++ * @{
++ *
++ */
++/**
++ * The IP TTL (time to live) of IP packets sent by uIP.
++ *
++ * This should normally not be changed.
++ */
++#define UIP_TTL         255
++
++/**
++ * Turn on support for IP packet reassembly.
++ *
++ * uIP supports reassembly of fragmented IP packets. This features
++ * requires an additonal amount of RAM to hold the reassembly buffer
++ * and the reassembly code size is approximately 700 bytes.  The
++ * reassembly buffer is of the same size as the uip_buf buffer
++ * (configured by UIP_BUFSIZE).
++ *
++ * \note IP packet reassembly is not heavily tested.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define UIP_REASSEMBLY 0
++
++/**
++ * The maximum time an IP fragment should wait in the reassembly
++ * buffer before it is dropped.
++ *
++ */
++#define UIP_REASS_MAXAGE 40
++
++/** @} */
++
++/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++/**
++ * \defgroup uipoptudp UDP configuration options
++ * @{
++ *
++ * \note The UDP support in uIP is still not entirely complete; there
++ * is no support for sending or receiving broadcast or multicast
++ * packets, but it works well enough to support a number of vital
++ * applications such as DNS queries, though
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Toggles wether UDP support should be compiled in or not.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define UIP_UDP           0
++
++/**
++ * Toggles if UDP checksums should be used or not.
++ *
++ * \note Support for UDP checksums is currently not included in uIP,
++ * so this option has no function.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS 0
++
++/**
++ * The maximum amount of concurrent UDP connections.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define UIP_UDP_CONNS    10
++
++/**
++ * The name of the function that should be called when UDP datagrams arrive.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define UIP_UDP_APPCALL  udp_appcall
++
++/** @} */
++/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++/**
++ * \defgroup uipopttcp TCP configuration options
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Determines if support for opening connections from uIP should be
++ * compiled in.
++ *
++ * If the applications that are running on top of uIP for this project
++ * do not need to open outgoing TCP connections, this configration
++ * option can be turned off to reduce the code size of uIP.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN 1
++
++/**
++ * The maximum number of simultaneously open TCP connections.
++ *
++ * Since the TCP connections are statically allocated, turning this
++ * configuration knob down results in less RAM used. Each TCP
++ * connection requires approximatly 30 bytes of memory.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define UIP_CONNS       10
++
++/**
++ * The maximum number of simultaneously listening TCP ports.
++ *
++ * Each listening TCP port requires 2 bytes of memory.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define UIP_LISTENPORTS 10
++
++/**
++ * The size of the advertised receiver's window.
++ *
++ * Should be set low (i.e., to the size of the uip_buf buffer) is the
++ * application is slow to process incoming data, or high (32768 bytes)
++ * if the application processes data quickly.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW   32768
++
++/**
++ * Determines if support for TCP urgent data notification should be
++ * compiled in.
++ *
++ * Urgent data (out-of-band data) is a rarely used TCP feature that
++ * very seldom would be required.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define UIP_URGDATA      1
++
++/**
++ * The initial retransmission timeout counted in timer pulses.
++ *
++ * This should not be changed.
++ */
++#define UIP_RTO         3
++
++/**
++ * The maximum number of times a segment should be retransmitted
++ * before the connection should be aborted.
++ *
++ * This should not be changed.
++ */
++#define UIP_MAXRTX      8
++
++/**
++ * The maximum number of times a SYN segment should be retransmitted
++ * before a connection request should be deemed to have been
++ * unsuccessful.
++ *
++ * This should not need to be changed.
++ */
++#define UIP_MAXSYNRTX      3
++
++/**
++ * The TCP maximum segment size.
++ *
++ * This is should not be to set to more than UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - 40.
++ */
++#define UIP_TCP_MSS     (UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - 40)
++
++/**
++ * How long a connection should stay in the TIME_WAIT state.
++ *
++ * This configiration option has no real implication, and it should be
++ * left untouched.
++ */ 
++#define UIP_TIME_WAIT_TIMEOUT 120
++
++
++/** @} */
++/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++/**
++ * \defgroup uipoptarp ARP configuration options
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * The size of the ARP table.
++ *
++ * This option should be set to a larger value if this uIP node will
++ * have many connections from the local network.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE 8
++
++/**
++ * The maxium age of ARP table entries measured in 10ths of seconds.
++ *
++ * An UIP_ARP_MAXAGE of 120 corresponds to 20 minutes (BSD
++ * default).
++ */
++#define UIP_ARP_MAXAGE 120
++
++/** @} */
++
++/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++
++/**
++ * \defgroup uipoptgeneral General configuration options
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * The size of the uIP packet buffer.
++ *
++ * The uIP packet buffer should not be smaller than 60 bytes, and does
++ * not need to be larger than 1500 bytes. Lower size results in lower
++ * TCP throughput, larger size results in higher TCP throughput.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define UIP_BUFSIZE     1500
++
++
++/**
++ * Determines if statistics support should be compiled in.
++ *
++ * The statistics is useful for debugging and to show the user.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define UIP_STATISTICS  1
++
++/**
++ * Determines if logging of certain events should be compiled in.
++ *
++ * This is useful mostly for debugging. The function uip_log()
++ * must be implemented to suit the architecture of the project, if
++ * logging is turned on.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define UIP_LOGGING     0
++
++/**
++ * Print out a uIP log message.
++ *
++ * This function must be implemented by the module that uses uIP, and
++ * is called by uIP whenever a log message is generated.
++ */
++void uip_log(char *msg);
++
++/**
++ * The link level header length.
++ *
++ * This is the offset into the uip_buf where the IP header can be
++ * found. For Ethernet, this should be set to 14. For SLIP, this
++ * should be set to 0.
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++#define UIP_LLH_LEN     14
++
++
++/** @} */
++/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++/**
++ * \defgroup uipoptcpu CPU architecture configuration
++ * @{
++ *
++ * The CPU architecture configuration is where the endianess of the
++ * CPU on which uIP is to be run is specified. Most CPUs today are
++ * little endian, and the most notable exception are the Motorolas
++ * which are big endian. The BYTE_ORDER macro should be changed to
++ * reflect the CPU architecture on which uIP is to be run.
++ */
++#ifndef LITTLE_ENDIAN
++#define LITTLE_ENDIAN  3412
++#endif /* LITTLE_ENDIAN */
++#ifndef BIG_ENDIAN
++#define BIG_ENDIAN     1234
++#endif /* BIGE_ENDIAN */
++
++/**
++ * The byte order of the CPU architecture on which uIP is to be run.
++ *
++ * This option can be either BIG_ENDIAN (Motorola byte order) or
++ * LITTLE_ENDIAN (Intel byte order).
++ *
++ * \hideinitializer
++ */
++/*#ifndef BYTE_ORDER*/
++#define BYTE_ORDER     BIG_ENDIAN
++/*#endif*/ /* BYTE_ORDER */
++
++/** @} */
++/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
++
++/**
++ * \defgroup uipoptapp Appication specific configurations
++ * @{
++ *
++ * An uIP application is implemented using a single application
++ * function that is called by uIP whenever a TCP/IP event occurs. The
++ * name of this function must be registered with uIP at compile time
++ * using the UIP_APPCALL definition.
++ *
++ * uIP applications can store the application state within the
++ * uip_conn structure by specifying the size of the application
++ * structure with the UIP_APPSTATE_SIZE macro.
++ *
++ * The file containing the definitions must be included in the
++ * uipopt.h file.
++ *
++ * The following example illustrates how this can look.
++ \code
++
++void httpd_appcall(void);
++#define UIP_APPCALL     httpd_appcall
++
++struct httpd_state {
++  u8_t state; 
++  u16_t count;
++  char *dataptr;
++  char *script;
++};
++#define UIP_APPSTATE_SIZE (sizeof(struct httpd_state))
++ \endcode
++ */
++
++/**
++ * \var #define UIP_APPCALL
++ *
++ * The name of the application function that uIP should call in
++ * response to TCP/IP events.
++ *
++ */
++
++/**
++ * \var #define UIP_APPSTATE_SIZE
++ *
++ * The size of the application state that is to be stored in the
++ * uip_conn structure.
++ */
++/** @} */
++
++/* Include the header file for the application program that should be
++   used. If you don't use the example web server, you should change
++   this. */
++#include "httpd.h"
++
++
++#endif /* __UIPOPT_H__ */